<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Gantois</id>
	<title>ICA-AtoM - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Gantois"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/Special:Contributions/Gantois"/>
	<updated>2026-05-29T19:11:33Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.4</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-4/pt&amp;diff=13752</id>
		<title>UM-4/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-4/pt&amp;diff=13752"/>
		<updated>2014-03-09T12:22:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Main Page/pt|Página principal]] &amp;gt; [[User manual/pt|Manual do usuário]] &amp;gt; [[UM-4/pt|UM-4 Acesso ao conteúdo]] UM-4 Acesso ao conteúdo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Esta parte contém sugestões para pesquisa e navegação. A maior parte das funções estão disponíveis para todos [[Glossary#User role|user roles]], incluindo [[Glossary#Researcher|researchers]] com apenas acesso a leitura. Entretanto, algumas características de navegação However, some navigation features (e.g. [[Glossary#Edit mode|edit mode]]), somente estão disponíveis para usuários com acesso a edição.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Browse]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Navigate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a rel=&amp;quot;down&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Search&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a rel=&amp;quot;down&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Browse&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a rel=&amp;quot;down&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Navigate&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-4.1/pt&amp;diff=13453</id>
		<title>UM-4.1/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-4.1/pt&amp;diff=13453"/>
		<updated>2012-11-15T18:35:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Main Page/pt]] &amp;gt; [[User manual/pt]] &amp;gt; [[Access content]] &amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clearfix&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search for resource descriptions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:search.png|right|thumb|500px|A search results page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the [[Glossary#Search box|search box]] to find [[Glossary#Archival description|archival descriptions]] that contain matching text. The [[Glossary#Search box|search box]] is available on every page to every user.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter a query in the [[Glossary#Search box|search box]]. Use a single keyword or more advanced queries using specific [[Glossary#Field|fields]], quotations, boolean operators etc. (see [[Advanced search]])&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the spyglass icon to the right of the box or press Enter on your keyboard&lt;br /&gt;
#ICA-AtoM searches all [[Glossary#Field|fields]] of all [[Glossary#Archival description|archival descriptions]] and displays results on the [[Page types#Search results|search results]] page&lt;br /&gt;
#The [[Page types#Search results|search results]] page displays the search query and the total number of results. By default, ICA-AtoM displays results ten at a time, providing pagination at the bottom of the page to allow users to navigate through long lists of results. [[Glossary#Administrator|Administrators]] can increase or decrease this default number (See [[Global settings#Items per page|items per page]]).&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a title to view the full description (this navigates to the description's [[Glossary#View page|view page]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of the current ICA-AtoM version:&lt;br /&gt;
* Search results can be saved as a report and printed (click on Printer Icon in title bar)&lt;br /&gt;
* Search runs on the language specified by the [[Glossary#Current language|current language]]. It will not display results for descriptions that are not translated into the current language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future releases will address current limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clearfix&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search for authority records or archival institutions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:authoritySearch.png|500px|right|thumb|Authority records search box]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#In the [[Glossary#Search box|search box]] at the bottom of browse results for [[Glossary#Authority record|authority records]] or [[Glossary#Archival institution|archival institutions]], enter a search query. Use a single keyword or more advanced queries using quotations, boolean operators etc. (see [[Advanced search]])&lt;br /&gt;
# The [[Page types#Search results|search results]] page will display the results&lt;br /&gt;
# To view an [[Glossary#Authority record|authority record]] or [[Glossary#Archival institution|archival institution]], click on one of the blue links in the [[Page types#Search results|search results]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clearfix&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-4.1/pt&amp;diff=13452</id>
		<title>UM-4.1/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-4.1/pt&amp;diff=13452"/>
		<updated>2012-11-15T18:33:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Created page with &amp;quot;Main Page &amp;gt; User manual &amp;gt; Access content &amp;gt; Search   &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clearfix&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  == Search for resource descriptions ==  [[Image:search.png|right|thumb|500px|A search r...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual]] &amp;gt; [[Access content]] &amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clearfix&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search for resource descriptions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:search.png|right|thumb|500px|A search results page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the [[Glossary#Search box|search box]] to find [[Glossary#Archival description|archival descriptions]] that contain matching text. The [[Glossary#Search box|search box]] is available on every page to every user.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter a query in the [[Glossary#Search box|search box]]. Use a single keyword or more advanced queries using specific [[Glossary#Field|fields]], quotations, boolean operators etc. (see [[Advanced search]])&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the spyglass icon to the right of the box or press Enter on your keyboard&lt;br /&gt;
#ICA-AtoM searches all [[Glossary#Field|fields]] of all [[Glossary#Archival description|archival descriptions]] and displays results on the [[Page types#Search results|search results]] page&lt;br /&gt;
#The [[Page types#Search results|search results]] page displays the search query and the total number of results. By default, ICA-AtoM displays results ten at a time, providing pagination at the bottom of the page to allow users to navigate through long lists of results. [[Glossary#Administrator|Administrators]] can increase or decrease this default number (See [[Global settings#Items per page|items per page]]).&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a title to view the full description (this navigates to the description's [[Glossary#View page|view page]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of the current ICA-AtoM version:&lt;br /&gt;
* Search results can be saved as a report and printed (click on Printer Icon in title bar)&lt;br /&gt;
* Search runs on the language specified by the [[Glossary#Current language|current language]]. It will not display results for descriptions that are not translated into the current language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future releases will address current limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clearfix&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search for authority records or archival institutions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:authoritySearch.png|500px|right|thumb|Authority records search box]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#In the [[Glossary#Search box|search box]] at the bottom of browse results for [[Glossary#Authority record|authority records]] or [[Glossary#Archival institution|archival institutions]], enter a search query. Use a single keyword or more advanced queries using quotations, boolean operators etc. (see [[Advanced search]])&lt;br /&gt;
# The [[Page types#Search results|search results]] page will display the results&lt;br /&gt;
# To view an [[Glossary#Authority record|authority record]] or [[Glossary#Archival institution|archival institution]], click on one of the blue links in the [[Page types#Search results|search results]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clearfix&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Search/pt&amp;diff=13451</id>
		<title>Search/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Search/pt&amp;diff=13451"/>
		<updated>2012-11-15T18:33:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Created page with &amp;quot;Main Page &amp;gt; User manual &amp;gt; Access content &amp;gt; Search   &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clearfix&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  == Search for resource descriptions ==  [[Image:search.png|right|thumb|500px|A search r...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual]] &amp;gt; [[Access content]] &amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clearfix&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search for resource descriptions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:search.png|right|thumb|500px|A search results page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the [[Glossary#Search box|search box]] to find [[Glossary#Archival description|archival descriptions]] that contain matching text. The [[Glossary#Search box|search box]] is available on every page to every user.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter a query in the [[Glossary#Search box|search box]]. Use a single keyword or more advanced queries using specific [[Glossary#Field|fields]], quotations, boolean operators etc. (see [[Advanced search]])&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the spyglass icon to the right of the box or press Enter on your keyboard&lt;br /&gt;
#ICA-AtoM searches all [[Glossary#Field|fields]] of all [[Glossary#Archival description|archival descriptions]] and displays results on the [[Page types#Search results|search results]] page&lt;br /&gt;
#The [[Page types#Search results|search results]] page displays the search query and the total number of results. By default, ICA-AtoM displays results ten at a time, providing pagination at the bottom of the page to allow users to navigate through long lists of results. [[Glossary#Administrator|Administrators]] can increase or decrease this default number (See [[Global settings#Items per page|items per page]]).&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a title to view the full description (this navigates to the description's [[Glossary#View page|view page]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of the current ICA-AtoM version:&lt;br /&gt;
* Search results can be saved as a report and printed (click on Printer Icon in title bar)&lt;br /&gt;
* Search runs on the language specified by the [[Glossary#Current language|current language]]. It will not display results for descriptions that are not translated into the current language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future releases will address current limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clearfix&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search for authority records or archival institutions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:authoritySearch.png|500px|right|thumb|Authority records search box]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#In the [[Glossary#Search box|search box]] at the bottom of browse results for [[Glossary#Authority record|authority records]] or [[Glossary#Archival institution|archival institutions]], enter a search query. Use a single keyword or more advanced queries using quotations, boolean operators etc. (see [[Advanced search]])&lt;br /&gt;
# The [[Page types#Search results|search results]] page will display the results&lt;br /&gt;
# To view an [[Glossary#Authority record|authority record]] or [[Glossary#Archival institution|archival institution]], click on one of the blue links in the [[Page types#Search results|search results]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;clearfix&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Main_Page/pt&amp;diff=13450</id>
		<title>Main Page/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Main_Page/pt&amp;diff=13450"/>
		<updated>2012-11-15T18:30:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{|style=&amp;quot;width:95%; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 500px; border: 1px solid rgb(255, 201, 201); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(255, 243, 243)&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[User manual/pt | Manual do usuário]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Guia do usuário para criar, editar, acessar, importar, exportar, e traduzir o conteúdo no ICA-AtoM; inclui a gestão do sistema&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Histórico de lançamento]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Cronologia das novas funcionalidades, alterações e correções, para cada lançamento no ICA-AtoM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[MemoryBC-tutorial|Tutorial]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Um tutorial criado pela Archives Association of British Columbia, que podem ser livremente modificados e reutilizados&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Origem dos requisitos]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* As normas do ICA a partir das quais o software foi desenhado&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Glossário]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Definições e explicações de termos utilizados em toda a documentação; os termos que são definidos no glossário estão hiperlinkados na documentação&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 500px; border: 1px solid rgb(198, 201, 255); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(240, 240, 255)&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[ICA-AtoM virtual appliance|Download virtual appliance]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Utilize o ICA-AtoM como um dispositivo virtual em qualquer sistema que já esteja em uso. Boa escolha se quer usar o ICA-AtoM no seu computador pessoal mas tem problemas para instalar um servidor web ou um servidor de base de dados que uma aplicação baseada na web como o ICA_AtoM necessita.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Baixar CD Demo]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Baixar e gravar o seu próprio CD demo do ICA-AtoM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Versão Beta]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Link para as instituições que estão testando a versão beta do software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Traduzindo aplicativo ICA-AtoM]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Página para participantes do projeto ICA-AtoM  que estão traduzindo a interface do usuário e dados padrões&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Traduzir este wiki]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Página para participantes do projeto ICA-AtoM  que estão traduzindo a documentação neste wiki&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Perguntas? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Por favor, públique suas dúvidas na página [http://groups.google.ca/group/ica-atom-users ICA-AtoM discussion group]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-3/pt&amp;diff=10454</id>
		<title>UM-3/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-3/pt&amp;diff=10454"/>
		<updated>2011-04-08T10:56:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Página Principal]] &amp;gt; [[Manual do usuário]] &amp;gt; Inserir/editar conteúdos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Esta seção apresenta como inserir, editar e deletar conteúdos no ICA-AtoM:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar descrições documentais]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar registros de autoridade]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar instituições arquivísticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar funções]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Área de controle]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Sair do modo edição]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos os procedimentos assumem que você tenha autenticado e que a sua [[Glossary#User account|conta de usuário]] tenha suficiente [[Glossary#Access privilege|privilégios de acesso]] para as ações descritas.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Glossary#Contributor|colaboradores]] podem criar e editar descrições&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Glossary#Editor|Editores]] e [[Glossary#Administrator|administradores]] podem também publicar e deletar descrições&lt;br /&gt;
Veja [[regras de utilização]] para mais informação [[Glossary#User role|user roles]] no ICA-AtoM. Note que no modo [[Glossary#Multi-repository system|multi-repository system]], as opções de editar e deletar do usuário podem estar limitadas aos arquivos da sua instituição.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no requirement to create records in any particular order. But when an institution or [[Glossary#Network|network]] installs ICA-AtoM application, the first record(s) that should be created are always the [[Glossary#Archival institution|archival institution]] records for all the repositories that will contribute descriptions to the system. These institutions will then appear in the drop-down list in the &amp;quot;Repository&amp;quot; [[Glossary#Field|field]] when creating [[Glossary#Archival description|archival descriptions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-3/pt&amp;diff=10453</id>
		<title>UM-3/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-3/pt&amp;diff=10453"/>
		<updated>2011-04-08T10:50:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Página Principal]] &amp;gt; [[Manual do usuário]] &amp;gt; Inserir/editar conteúdos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Esta seção apresenta como inserir, editar e deletar conteúdos no ICA-AtoM:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar descrições documentais]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar registros de autoridade]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar instituições arquivísticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar funções]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Área de controle]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Sair do modo edição]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos os procedimentos assumem que você tenha autenticado e que a sua [[Glossary#User account|conta de usuário]] tenha suficiente [[Glossary#Access privilege|privilégios de acesso]] para as ações descritas.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Glossary#Contributor|Contributors]] podem criar e editar descrições&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Glossary#Editor|Editors]] and [[Glossary#Administrator|administrators]] can in addition publish and delete descriptions&lt;br /&gt;
See [[user roles]] for more information on the different [[Glossary#User role|user roles]] in ICA-AtoM. Note that in a [[Glossary#Multi-repository system|multi-repository system]], a user's edit and delete access may be limited to records originating from his or her own institution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no requirement to create records in any particular order. But when an institution or [[Glossary#Network|network]] installs ICA-AtoM application, the first record(s) that should be created are always the [[Glossary#Archival institution|archival institution]] records for all the repositories that will contribute descriptions to the system. These institutions will then appear in the drop-down list in the &amp;quot;Repository&amp;quot; [[Glossary#Field|field]] when creating [[Glossary#Archival description|archival descriptions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=User_manual/pt&amp;diff=10439</id>
		<title>User manual/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=User_manual/pt&amp;diff=10439"/>
		<updated>2011-03-26T11:01:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Manual do usuário&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page/pt | Página principal]] &amp;gt; Manual do usuário&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;width:95%; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width:500px; border: 1px solid rgb(255, 201, 201); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(255, 243, 243);&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-1/pt |'''Visão geral do sistema''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.1/pt |O que é o ICA-AtoM?]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.2/pt |Requisitos técnicos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.3/pt |Tipos de entidades]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.4/pt |Normas de descrição suportadas]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-2/pt |'''Iniciar''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.1/pt |Acesso à página principal]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.2/pt |Entrada no sistema]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.3/pt |Tipos de usuários]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.4/pt |Tipos de telas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.5/pt |Alterar o idioma de utilização]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.6/pt |Alterar a senha]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-3/pt |'''Inserir / Editar conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.1/pt |Inserir / Editar descrições documentais]]: [[UM-3.1/pt |ISAD(G)]] / [[UM-3.1-RAD|RAD]] / [[UM-3.1-Dublin Core|Dublin Core]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.2/pt |Inserir / Editar descrições de entidades ISAAR(CPF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.3/pt |Inserir / Editar Instituições arquivísticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.4/pt |Entrada de Dados: área de controle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.5/pt |Editar termos de descrição (vocabulário controlado)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.6/pt |Sair do modo de edição]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-4/pt |'''Acesso aos conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.1/pt |Pesquisa: básica]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.2/pt |Pesquisa: avançada]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.3/pt |Pesquisa: nome dos campos para pesquisa avançada]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.4/pt |Navegador]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.5/pt |Navegação: geral]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.6/pt |Navegação: caixa do menu de conteúdos]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 500px; border: 1px solid rgb(198, 201, 255); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(240, 240, 255);&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-5/pt |'''Traduzir conteúdos / interface''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.1/pt |Princípios de concepção]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.2/pt |Tradução das descrições e dos termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.3/pt |Tradução da interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.4/pt |Tradução das páginas estáticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.5/pt |Remover / restaurar o idioma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-6/pt |'''Importar / exportar conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.1/pt |Carregar objetos digitais]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.2/pt |Importar descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.3/pt |Exportar descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.4/pt |Esforços do Projeto OAI-PMH]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-7/pt |'''Administrar o ICA-AtoM''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.1/pt |Instalar o ICA-Atom]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.2/pt |Criar e gerir contas de usuários]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.3/pt |Personalizar as páginas estáticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.4/pt |Personalizar as definições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.5/pt |Mudar e configurar temas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.6/pt |Configurar o idioma padrão]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.7/pt |Cópia de segurança do ICA-atom]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.8/pt |Reconstruir o índice de pesquisa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glossário|'''Glossário''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Glossário | Glossário de termos usados na documentação]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual do usuário para impressão|'''Manual do usuário para impressão''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Manual do usuário para impressão|Versões para impressão do manual do usuário para fácil referência]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perguntas? Por favor, publique-as no [http://groups.google.ca/group/ica-atom-users Grupo de discussões ICA-AtoM].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Inserir/editar_descri%C3%A7%C3%B5es_documentais&amp;diff=10438</id>
		<title>Inserir/editar descrições documentais</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Inserir/editar_descri%C3%A7%C3%B5es_documentais&amp;diff=10438"/>
		<updated>2011-03-26T10:57:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Blanked the page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Inserir/editar_descri%C3%A7%C3%B5es_documentais&amp;diff=10437</id>
		<title>Inserir/editar descrições documentais</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Inserir/editar_descri%C3%A7%C3%B5es_documentais&amp;diff=10437"/>
		<updated>2011-03-26T10:52:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Created page with '{{DISPLAYTITLE:Archival descriptions}}'&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Archival descriptions}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-3/pt&amp;diff=10436</id>
		<title>UM-3/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-3/pt&amp;diff=10436"/>
		<updated>2011-03-26T10:51:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Página Principal]] &amp;gt; [[Manual do usuário]] &amp;gt; Inserir/editar conteúdos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Esta seção apresenta como inserir, editar e deletar conteúdos no ICA-AtoM:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar descrições documentais]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar registros de autoridade]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar instituições arquivísticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar funções]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Área de controle]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inserir/editar termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Sair do modo edição]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedures all assume that you are authenticated and that your [[Glossary#User account|user account]] has sufficient [[Glossary#Access privilege|access privileges]] for the actions described.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Glossary#Contributor|Contributors]] can create and edit descriptions&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Glossary#Editor|Editors]] and [[Glossary#Administrator|administrators]] can in addition publish and delete descriptions&lt;br /&gt;
See [[user roles]] for more information on the different [[Glossary#User role|user roles]] in ICA-AtoM. Note that in a [[Glossary#Multi-repository system|multi-repository system]], a user's edit and delete access may be limited to records originating from his or her own institution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no requirement to create records in any particular order. But when an institution or [[Glossary#Network|network]] installs ICA-AtoM application, the first record(s) that should be created are always the [[Glossary#Archival institution|archival institution]] records for all the repositories that will contribute descriptions to the system. These institutions will then appear in the drop-down list in the &amp;quot;Repository&amp;quot; [[Glossary#Field|field]] when creating [[Glossary#Archival description|archival descriptions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-3/pt&amp;diff=10435</id>
		<title>UM-3/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-3/pt&amp;diff=10435"/>
		<updated>2011-03-26T10:45:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Created page with 'Página Principal &amp;gt; Manual do usuário &amp;gt; Inserir/editar conteúdos   Esta seção apresenta como inserir, editar e deletar conteúdos no ICA-AtoM: * [[Add/edit archival d...'&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Página Principal]] &amp;gt; [[Manual do usuário]] &amp;gt; Inserir/editar conteúdos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Esta seção apresenta como inserir, editar e deletar conteúdos no ICA-AtoM:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Add/edit archival descriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Add/edit authority records]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Add/edit archival institutions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Add/edit functions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Control area]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Add/edit terms]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Exit edit mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedures all assume that you are authenticated and that your [[Glossary#User account|user account]] has sufficient [[Glossary#Access privilege|access privileges]] for the actions described.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Glossary#Contributor|Contributors]] can create and edit descriptions&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Glossary#Editor|Editors]] and [[Glossary#Administrator|administrators]] can in addition publish and delete descriptions&lt;br /&gt;
See [[user roles]] for more information on the different [[Glossary#User role|user roles]] in ICA-AtoM. Note that in a [[Glossary#Multi-repository system|multi-repository system]], a user's edit and delete access may be limited to records originating from his or her own institution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no requirement to create records in any particular order. But when an institution or [[Glossary#Network|network]] installs ICA-AtoM application, the first record(s) that should be created are always the [[Glossary#Archival institution|archival institution]] records for all the repositories that will contribute descriptions to the system. These institutions will then appear in the drop-down list in the &amp;quot;Repository&amp;quot; [[Glossary#Field|field]] when creating [[Glossary#Archival description|archival descriptions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-2.6/pt&amp;diff=10434</id>
		<title>UM-2.6/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-2.6/pt&amp;diff=10434"/>
		<updated>2011-03-26T10:41:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Created page with 'Página Principal &amp;gt; Manual do usuário &amp;gt; Getting started &amp;gt; Change password  Os usuários podem alterar as suas senhas. Se o usuário esquecer a sua senha, o administrador do sist...'&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Página Principal &amp;gt; Manual do usuário &amp;gt; Getting started &amp;gt; Change password&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Os usuários podem alterar as suas senhas. Se o usuário esquecer a sua senha, o administrador do sistema deve restaurá-la (veja como gerir as contas dos usuários).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clique em &amp;quot;Meu perfil&amp;quot; na parte superior à direita da página&lt;br /&gt;
Clique no link &amp;quot;Meu perfil&amp;quot; no menu do usuário&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM apresenta o perfil do usuário&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Digite a nova senha&lt;br /&gt;
Entre a sua nova senha em &amp;quot;altera a senha&amp;quot; e repita a informação em &amp;quot;confirme a sua senha&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Clique no botão &amp;quot;salvar&amp;quot;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-2.5/pt&amp;diff=10433</id>
		<title>UM-2.5/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=UM-2.5/pt&amp;diff=10433"/>
		<updated>2011-03-26T10:33:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Created page with 'Alterar o idioma  Página Principal &amp;gt; UM-2 iniciar &amp;gt; UM-2.5 alterar idioma de vizualização  Qualquer usuário pode alterar o idioma para um dos vários que são suportados pelo...'&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Alterar o idioma&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Página Principal &amp;gt; UM-2 iniciar &amp;gt; UM-2.5 alterar idioma de vizualização&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qualquer usuário pode alterar o idioma para um dos vários que são suportados pelo ICA-AtoM clicando no menu idioma. O ICA-AtoM altera a interface do utilizador para o idioma preferido; se existir uma tradução do conteúdo da base de dados o ICA-AtoM também altera para esta tradução; se a mesma não existir o ICA-AtoM apresenta a descrição no idioma original.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Choose_language/pt&amp;diff=10432</id>
		<title>Choose language/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Choose_language/pt&amp;diff=10432"/>
		<updated>2011-03-26T10:31:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Alterar o idioma&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Página Principal &amp;gt; UM-2 iniciar &amp;gt; UM-2.5 alterar idioma de vizualização&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qualquer usuário pode alterar o idioma para um dos vários que são suportados pelo ICA-AtoM clicando no menu idioma. O ICA-AtoM altera a interface do utilizador para o idioma preferido; se existir uma tradução do conteúdo da base de dados o ICA-AtoM também altera para esta tradução; se a mesma não existir o ICA-AtoM apresenta a descrição no idioma original.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Main_Page/pt&amp;diff=8550</id>
		<title>Main Page/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Main_Page/pt&amp;diff=8550"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T15:26:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{|style=&amp;quot;width:95%; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 500px; border: 1px solid rgb(255, 201, 201); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(255, 243, 243)&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[User manual/pt | Manual do usuário]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Guia do usuário para criar, editar, acessar, importar, exportar, e traduzir o conteúdo no ICA-AtoM; inclui a gestão do sistema&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Histórico de lançamento]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Cronologia das novas funcionalidades, alterações e correções, para cada lançamento no ICA-AtoM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[MemoryBC-tutorial|Tutorial]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Um tutorial criado pela Archives Association of British Columbia, que podem ser livremente modificados e reutilizados&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Origem dos requisitos]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* As normas do ICA a partir das quais o software foi desenhado&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Glossário]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Definições e explicações de termos utilizados em toda a documentação; os termos que são definidos no glossário estão hiperlinkados na documentação&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 500px; border: 1px solid rgb(198, 201, 255); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(240, 240, 255)&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[ICA-AtoM virtual appliance|Download virtual appliance]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Run ICA-AtoM as a virtual appliance on any operating system. Great option if you want to try ICA-AtoM on your personal computer but are having trouble installing the web server or database server that a web-based application like ICA-AtoM requires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Baixar CD Demo]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Baixar e gravar o seu próprio CD demo do ICA-AtoM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Versão Beta]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Link para as instituições que estão testando a versão beta do software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Traduzindo aplicativo ICA-AtoM]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Página para participantes do projeto ICA-AtoM  que estão traduzindo a interface do usuário e dados padrões&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Traduzir este wiki]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Página para participantes do projeto ICA-AtoM  que estão traduzindo a documentação neste wiki&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Perguntas? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Por favor, públique suas dúvidas na página [http://groups.google.ca/group/ica-atom-users ICA-AtoM discussion group]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Gloss%C3%A1rio&amp;diff=8549</id>
		<title>Glossário</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Gloss%C3%A1rio&amp;diff=8549"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T15:19:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nesta página estão algumas definições de termos usados frequentemente no sistema e no manual do ICA-AtoM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sobre a página ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proporciona informações gerais sobre o ICA-AtoM. Este link pode ser encontrado [[#System menu|system menu]] in the top right-hand corner of your screen. The content of the about page can be edited by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ponto de acesso ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An access point is &amp;quot;A name, term, keyword, phrase or code that may be used to search, identify and locate an archival description.&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM access points are derived from [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] created and customized by users. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Privilégios de acesso ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access privileges control the ways a user is able to interact with ICA-AtoM. For example, some users are able to add and edit content while others may only be able to search and browse content. Access privileges are based on defined [[#User role|user roles]] (see [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Botão Adicionar/editar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Add edit tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Add/Edit tab with archival description sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The add/edit tab allows authorized users to create, modify and delete content. Only logged-in users can see the add/edit tab, which contains four sub-tabs: [[#Archival description|archival description]], [[#Authority record|authority record]], [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] and [[#Term|term]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adicionar novo botão ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Add new button in archival description button block - lower left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The add new button is located in the [[#Button block|button block]] of the [[#View screen|view screen]] and allows users to add new records ([[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]) to ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Botão Admin ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Admin tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Admin tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The admin tab allows users with [[#Administrator|administrator]] access to customize ICA-AtoM to meet institution-specific requirements and to manage [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#User profile|user profiles]] (see [[UM-7|UM-7 Administer ICA-AtoM]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Administrador ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Administrator is a type of user who has [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] to do the following: install or uninstall ICA-AtoM; create, read, update or delete any record; customize ICA-AtoM to institution-specific requirements; and manage [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#User profile|user profiles]] (see [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]] and [[UM-7|UM-7 Administer ICA-AtoM]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logotipo da aplicação ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Application logo.png|500px|right|thumb|Application logo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The application logo is the graphic that appears at the top of all screens in ICA-AtoM. Clicking on the logo will take the user to the application's [[#Home page|home page]]. ICA-AtoM ships with a default logo that can be replaced by [[#Administrator|administrators]] to theme the application to their own institution or [[#Network|network]] if desired. See [[UM-7.3.5|UM-7.3.5 Change logo]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Descrição arquivística ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An archival description is a body of information about an archival record or records. The descriptions provide contextual information about the archival materials and are arranged into hierarchical levels ([[#Fonds|fonds]], series, files, items, and variations of these in accordance with institutional standards). In ICA-AtoM the [[#Data element|data elements]] used for describing archival records are derived from the ICA's ''General International Standard Archival Description (ISAD-G)''. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.1|UM-3.1 Add / edit archival descriptions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instituição com acervo arquivístico ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An archival institution is &amp;quot;An organization which keeps and preserves archival material and makes it accessible to the public&amp;quot; (''ISDIAH'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM the [[#Data element|data elements]] used to describe such institutions are based on the ICA's ''International Standard for Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings (ISDIAH)''. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.3|UM-3.3 Add / edit archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Unidade arquivística ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Archival unit is a generic term for an aggregation of archival materials. A unit can be a [[#Fonds|fonds]], series, file, item or variation thereof, depending on institutional standards. A unit may be divided into sub-units for the purposes of description: for example, a [[#Fonds|fonds]] may contain several series, each of which may contain several files, and so forth. The smallest (and therefore indivisible) unit is the item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registro de autoridade ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, authority records are collections of information about actors - corporate bodies, persons or families - who interact with archival materials, typically as [[#Creator|creators]]. The [[#Data element|data elements]] used to describe authority records are based on the ICA's ''International Standard Archival Authority Record for Corporate Bodies, Persons and Families (ISAAR(CPF))''. ''ISAAR'' Defines authority record as &amp;quot;The authorized form of name combined with othr information elements that identify and describe the named entity and may also point to other related authority records.&amp;quot; See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.2|UM-3.2 Add / edit authority records]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Browse box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Browse box.png|500px|right|thumb|Browse box]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Browsing allows a user to see all records that have a certain type of [[#Access point|access point]] (such as [[#Subject|subject]], [[#Name|name]] or [[#Place|place]]) or other type of [[#Filter|filter]], such as [[#Media type|media type]] or type of [[#Entity|entity]]. The browse box is located on the right hand side of all ICA-AtoM screens, including the [[#Home page|home page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Botão bloquear ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Button block - archival description view screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button block allows authorized users to add or delete content and to save or reject changes made in the [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. It appears at the bottom of the screen and is designed to float (i.e. remain at the bottom of the screen when the user scrolls up or down in the browser window).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nível de descrição abaixo ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The child record refers to the description of the [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] that is one [[#Level of description|level of description]] lower than the current unit. For example, if a series belongs to a fonds the series is the child record of the fonds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coleção ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ISAD(G), a collection is &amp;quot;[a]n artificial assemblage of documents accumulated on the basis of some common characteristic without regard to the provenance of those documents. Not to be confused with an archival fonds.&amp;quot; In Rules for Archival Description, it is &amp;quot;[a] grouping of documents of any provenance intentionally assembled on the basis of some common characteristic.&amp;quot; In Dublin Core, a collection is &amp;quot;[a]n aggregation of resources. A collection is described as a group; its parts may also be separately described.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Column header ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Column header.png|500px|right|thumb|Column headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Column headers appear at the top of the lists on [[#List screen|list screens]] and give the name of the [[#Field|field]] for whatever is being listed below. Clicking on the [[#Field|field]] names in the column headers will sort the list alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Context menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The context menu box appears on all [[#View screen|view]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] to show the current record's relationships to other records, with links. For example, they show the hierarchical placement of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] within a [[#Fonds|fonds]] and the relationship between [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and archival holdings. See [[UM-4.6|UM-4.6 Navigate: context menu box]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contribuidor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contributor is a type of user who can search, browse, create and edit descriptions. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Vocabulário Controlado ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A controlled vocabulary is a set of pre-defined, authorized [[#Term|terms]] grouped into [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] or entered into [[#Authority record|authority records]] and used for generating [[#Value list|value lists]] and [[#Access point|access points]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cover flow viewer ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Cover-flow.png|500px|right|thumb|Cover-flow viewer at fonds-level description]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[wikipedia:Cover flow viwer|Cover flow viewers]] show sets of [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] versions of [[#Digital object|digital objects]] and allow the user to scroll through the [[#Thumbnail|thumbnails]] using a mouse or keyboard scroll arrows. In ICA-AtoM a cover-flow viewer appears in the [[#Context menu box|context menu box]] of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] whenever there are associated lower-level descriptions that have digital objects attached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Botão criar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The create button, located on the [[#Button block|button block]], is used to save new [[#Entity|entities]]. Once an entity has been saved for the first time, the create button disappears and is replaced by the ''save'' button, which is used to save all subsequent changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Criador ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A creator is &amp;quot;Any entity (corporate body, family or person) that created, accumulated and/or maintained records in the conduct of personal or corporate activity&amp;quot; (''ISAAR'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the creator is described in an [[#Authority record|authority record]] linked to an [[#Archival description|archival description]], usually at the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]] only. Lower levels inherit the creator from the [[#Parent record|parent record]], unless a different creator is specified. ICA-AtoM can accommodate multiple creators at all [[#Level of description|levels of description]]. See [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Archival description: Context area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Elementos de descrição ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data elements, or elements of description, are ICA standards-based units of information applied to [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. The elements are entered into [[#Field|fields]] in ICA-AtoM's [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conteúdo da base de dados ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database content refers to information stored in ICA-Atom's database tables, including [[#Data element|data elements]], [[#Static page|static page]] content and [[#User profile|user profile]] information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default content ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Default content.png|500px|right|thumb|Default values for levels of description. These can be modified to suit institutional requirements.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default content is any [[#Database content|database content]] that is included by default when ICA-AtoM is installed. This includes things like the default [[#Home screen|home screen content]] and [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menu]] values that are stored in [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default source language ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default source language is the language in which all [[#User interface|user interface]] elements are displayed when ICA-AtoM is opened. The language is specified when the application is installed. Users can switch to other [[#Supported language|supported languages]] and [[#Translator|translators]] can translate [[#Database content|database content]] and [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-2.5|UM-2.5 Switch language view]]. and [[UM-5|UM-5 UM Translate content / interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Botão apagar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Delete button in archival description button block - second from left.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The delete button appears in the [[#Button block|button block]] that is is visible whenever the user opens an [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Clicking on the delete button will prompt a warning to appear asking whether the user really intends to delete the [[#Entity|entity]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ícone de apagar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_delete_icon.png|500px|right|thumb|Delete icons to the right of data entry fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete icons are small buttons in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] used to delete values from [[#Multi-value field|multi-value fields]], such as those containing [[#Event|event]] dates or [[#Access point|access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Programador ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A developer is a programmer who is able to modify the underlying software code of an ICA-AtoM application. In the beta version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0), much of the customization of the application can only be done by developers. In future releases of the software, more and more features will be customizable via [[#User interface|user interface]] elements available to [[#Administrator|administrators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Objeto digital ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Digital objects are computer files that can be uploaded into and displayed by ICA-AtoM. They include scanned images, digital photographs, sound and moving image files and other scanned or born-digital items. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]] and [[UM-6.1.1|UM-6.1.1 Digital objects: supported formats]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rascunho de descrição ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A draft record is an [[#Archival description|archival description]] that has not been published. All new and imported [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] have draft status until the user changes that status to published in the grey box at the bottom of the [[#Archival description|archival description]] [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Note that the status is inherited from the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]. Users who are not logged in cannot view draft records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Drop-down menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_drop-down_menu.png|500px|right|thumb|A drop-down menu in an edit screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[wikipedia:Drop-down list|drop-down list]] is a list of data-entry options that appears below certain [[#Field|fields]] in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]], the [[#Search box|search box]] and the [[#Browse box|browse box]]. Values are drawn from [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and default data contained in ICA-AtoM's database tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Botão de edição ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit button in archival description button block - far left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edit button appears at the bottom of [[#View screen|view screens]]; clicking the button takes the user to the [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] for that record. Note that the user can also switch between view and edit screens by clicking the [[#Title bar|title bar]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ícone de edição ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit icon.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit icon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edit icon appears in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] next to [[#Field|fields]] that derive data from a related record. The user clicks the icon to edit the text in the related record. For example, to edit the ''administrative/biographical history'' in an [[#Archival description|archival description]], the user must click the edit icon because the data resides in the [[#Creator|creator's]] [[#Authority record|authority record]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modo de edição ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit mode allows the user to add, modify or delete the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]], [[#Term|terms]] and other [[#Database content|database content]] using [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. In edit mode, ICA-AtoM displays all [[#Field|fields]] in a record for data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Janela de edição ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit screen for an archival institution: ''identity area'' expanded]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit screens allow users to add, modify and delete the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. They are also used to carry out administrative functions such as changing [[#User profile|user profiles]] and editing [[#Static page|static pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An editor is a type of user who can search, browse, create, edit and delete [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Entity ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An entity is an object about which an information system collects data. From the user's perspective, in ICA-AtoM there are four main entities: [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity Types]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mensagem de erro ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An error message will display when ICA-AtoM is unable to execute an action. See [[UM-2.4#Error screen|UM-2.4 Screen types]] for examples of types of error messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Evento ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, an event registers an action by an actor (corporate body, person or family) at a particular time or over a span of time and may establish a relationship between the actor and other actors or [[#Entity|entities]]. This is accomplished through the use of start and end dates in the ''context area'' of the [[#Archival description|archival description]], which links the [[#Creator|creator]] or other actor to the records for the period of time delimited by the dates. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Add / edit archival descriptions &amp;gt; Context area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Campo ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A field is a container for a [[#Data element|data element]]. Content is added to or modified in fields in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Etiqueta de campo ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Field labels.png|500px|right|thumb|Field labels in an archival description view screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Field labels identify [[#Field|fields]] in [[#View screen|view screens]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. In ICA-AtoM 1.0 beta, field labels can only be customized by developers working directly with the code; in a future release an interface for customizing labels will be available to [[#Administrator|administrators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filtro ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Filter.png|500px|right|thumb|Browsing using ''media type'' as a filter]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A filter is a tool for browsing [[#Database content|database content]] from different points of view. Selecting a filter from the [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menu]] in the [[#Browse box|browse box]] will generate a list of records organized by that filter. For example, filtering by ''media type'' will display a list of all ''media type'' [[#Term|terms]] and the number of [[#Digital object|digital objects]] in the system of each type. See [[UM-4.4|UM-4.4 Browse]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fundo ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fonds is an [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] defined as &amp;quot;The whole of the records, regardless of form or medium, organically created and/or accumulated and used by a particular person, family, or corporate body in the course of that creator's activities and functions.&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the fonds is by default the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]. This default can be changed by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.4|UM-7.3.4 Customize user interface entity labels]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coleções de uma instituição ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Holdings.png|500px|right|thumb|Context menu showing list of archival holdings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holdings is a generic term referring to the records and other materials held by [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]]. In ICA-AtoM a list of holdings is displayed in the [[#Context menu box|context menu box]] on [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] [[#View screen|view screens]]. The list is generated from the titles of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] that have the [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] selected as a repository (see [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Archival description: Context area, step 6, Repository]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The home page is the first screen the user sees when opening the ICA-AtoM application. It can also be accessed via the ''home'' link on the [[#System menu|system menu]] or by clicking the [[#Application logo|application logo]]. The content of the home page can be edited by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Área de informação ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit screen showing information areas; ''identity area'' open]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information areas appear on [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] and group related [[#Field|fields]] based on the organization of elements of description in ICA descriptive standards. Clicking on an information area toggles it between closed (all [[#Field|fields]] in that area hidden) and open (all [[#Field|fields]] visible).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menu de idiomas ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Language menu.png|500px|right|thumb|Language menu with English selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language menu, located in the top-left corner of the screen, allows the user to switch to any of the [[#Supported language|supported languages]] in ICA-AtoM. The current language is always underlined. See [[UM-2.5|UM-2.5 Switch language view]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Idioma de vizualização ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language view refers to the language in which the [[#User interface|user interface]] elements and [[#Database content|database content]] are displayed. Users can switch between languages by using the [[#Language menu|language menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nível de descrição ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The level of description is &amp;quot;the position of the unit of description in the hierarchy of the fonds&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the level of description is selected from a [[#Value list|value list]] in the ''identity'' area of an [[#Archival description|archival description]]. See [[UM-3.1.4|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: Identity area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lista com todos os botões ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|List all button in archival description button block - lower right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list all button is located in the [[#Button block|button block]] at the bottom of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. Clicking the button takes users to the [[#List screen|list screen]] for whichever type of [[#Entity|entity]] they have been editing. Note that any unsaved data you have entered will be lost when you go the [[#List screen|list screen]]; to avoid losing data, always save any changes before clicking the list all button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G List screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Archival description list screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list screen displays summary lists of [[#Entity|entities]] such as [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] which have been accessed either via the [[#Add / edit tab|add/edit tab]] or the [[#List all button|list all button]] or by using the [[#Search box|search box]] or [[#Browse box|browse box]]. Clicking on the blue text takes the user to [[#View screen|view screens]] showing full record details. There are also list screens for [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies ]] and for other entities such as [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#Static page|static pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Barra de menu principal ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Main menu bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Main menu bar with add/edit tab and archival description sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main menu bar is the the navigational tool located near the top of all screens for logged-in users, right below the [[#Application logo|application logo]]. It allows the user to navigate to all the main areas of ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Objeto digital inalterável ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The master digital object is the unaltered version of a [[#Digital object|digital object]] that has been uploaded to ICA-AtoM. ICA-AtoM automatically generates a [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and a [[#Reference display copy|reference display copy]] of the object. Only logged-in users may view master digital objects. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tipo de mídia ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media type refers to the format of uploaded [[#Digital object|digital objects]]. The media type is selected automatically by ICA-AtoM when a digital object is uploaded and the [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and [[#Reference display copy|reference display copies]] of the object are generated. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]]. Note that media type [[#Term|terms]] are controlled by the ''media type'' [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]]. ICA-AtoM ships with five [[#Term|terms]] (audio, image, text, video, other) that are locked; these cannot be edited or deleted because they are referenced by ICA-AtoM's code. [[#Editor|Editors]] and [[#Administrator|administrators]] can add new media type [[#Term|terms]], but unless developers incorporate these into the code, the system will not be able to do anything with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-repository system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A multi-repository system exists when a single instance of ICA-AtoM is used by a [[#Network|network]] of [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-value field ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Multi-value field.png|500px|right|thumb|Multi-value field showing three subject terms in an archival description.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A multi-value field is a [[#Field|field]] that is structured to contain more than one data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Name ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, names are registered in [[#Authority record|authority records]] for corporate bodies, persons and families who interact with archival materials as e.g. [[#Creator|creators]], custodians and publishers. Names can be applied as access points to archival descriptions. See [[UM-3.1.4#Access_points|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Network ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A network is an aggregation of institutions using one instance of ICA-AtoM to produce a union list of archival holdings (a [[#Multi-repository system|multi-repository system]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Page title ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Screen title.png|500px|right|thumb|Screen title indicating a list screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The screen title indicates what kind of screen a user is viewing. For example, it indicates whether [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] or [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] are being displayed in a [[#View screen|view screen]], [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] or [[#List screen|list screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Parent record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parent record refers to the description of the [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] that is one [[#Level of description|level of description]] higher than the current unit. For example, the parent record of a sub-series is the series to which it belongs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Password ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Passwords are required by every user of the system who needs to be able to create, edit or delete content. The initial passwords are set by the [[#Administrator|system administrator]] (see [[UM-7.2.1|UM-7.2.1 Add a new user]]) and can subsequently be changed by the user (see [[UM-7.2.2|UM-7.2.2 Change your password]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Place ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, a place is a geographic location registered in a [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]] and used as an [[#Access point|access point]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Physical storage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Physical storage is a grouping of [[#Field|fields]] relating to the management of physical objects such as folders, boxes, shelves and cabinets. In ICA-AtoM, users can create and edit information about physical objects in the physical storage [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] accessible through the physical storage [[#Information area|information area]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], and link the objects to the [[#Archival unit|archival units]] they contain. See [[UM-3.1.12|UM3.1.12 Archival description: Physical storage]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Published record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A published record is an [[#Archival description|archival description]] that has had its status changed from draft to published in the grey box at the bottom of the [[#Archival description|archival description]] [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Note that the status is inherited from the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]; for example, when a [[#Fonds|fonds]] description is changed from draft to published, all [[#Child record|child levels]] within the fonds are automatically changed as well. Once [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] have been published, users who are not logged in can view them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference display copy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reference display copy is a low-resolution version of a [[#Master digital object|master digital object]] generated automatically by ICA-AtoM on upload. It is used to display images on the [[#Digital object|digital object]] [[#View screen|view screen]] when the user clicks on a [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and in the ''digital object'' area of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. See [[UM-6.1| UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Researcher ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A researcher is a type of user who is limited to searching and browsing descriptions. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Search box.png|500px|right|thumb|Search box showing &amp;quot;city&amp;quot; entered as a search query]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search box is used to find descriptions in ICA-AtoM that contain text matching a search query. The search box is located on the right hand side of all ICA-AtoM screens, including the [[#Home page|home page]]. See [[UM-4|UM-4 Access content]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search/browse box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[#Search box|search box]] and [[#Browse box|browse box]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search results screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Search results screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Search results screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search results screen lists descriptions retrieved through queries entered into the [[#Search box|search box]]. The screen re-states the search query, counts the results, and lists summary results. Clicking on the blue text in the summary results takes the user to the full record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Settings is a broad term used to describe the properties that affect the way a program looks and functions. In ICA-AtoM, certain settings can be changed by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] in order to customize ICA-AtoM to institution-specific requirements. See [[UM-7.3|UM-7.3 Customize Settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_Site_description.png|500px|right|thumb|Site description. Note use of Columbia theme (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]])]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site description appears at the top of the screen directly under the [[#Site title|site title]]. It is a configurable element - the text can be changed or removed (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site title ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_Site_title.png|500px|right|thumb|Site title. Note use of Columbia theme (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]])]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site title appears at the top of the screen next to the [[#Application logo|application logo]] and over the [[#Site description|site description]]. It is a configurable element - the text can be changed or removed (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Static page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Static pages are pages that are designed to look the same each time they are accessed, in contrast to dynamic pages such as [[#Search results screen|search results screens]], [[#View screen|view screens]] or [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. ICA-AtoM has two static pages, the [[#Home page|home page]] and the [[#About page|about page]]. Static pages can be edited by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Subject ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, subjects are [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] grouped in a [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]] and used as [[#Access point|access points]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]]. See [[UM-3.1.4#Access_points|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Supported language ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, a supported language is one into which both [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#User interface |user interface]] elements can be translated. In ICA-AtoM version 1.0 beta, the supported languages are Arabic, Dutch, English, Farsi, French, German, Greek, Icelandic, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish and Slovenian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== System menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G System menu.png|500px|right|thumb|System menu (user not logged in) in upper right-hand corner of the screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system menu, located in the upper right hand corner of the screen, contains basic navigational links. These allow the user to go to the [[#Home page|home page]] and [[#About page|about page]], user documentation (help screens) and the log in screen. Logged-in users can also use it to navigate to their [[#User profile|user profiles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Taxonomy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A taxonomy is a grouping of [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] used to generate [[#Value list|value lists]] and [[#Access point|access points]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are the values that make up [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabularies]]. In ICA-AtoM, terms are grouped into [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] that can be created, modified and deleted through the ''term'' sub-tab of the [[#Add / edit tab|add/edit tab]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Thumbnail ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thumbnail is a small, low-resolution version of a [[#Master digital object|master digital object]] generated automatically by ICA-AtoM on upload. Thumbnails are displayed on [[#View screen|view screens]], in the ''digital object'' [[#Information area|information area]] of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]], and in [[#Cover-flow viewer|cover-flow]] views at higher levels of description. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Title bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Title bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Title bar in view authority record screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The title bar appears at the top of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]]. Clicking on the title bar allows the user to switch back and forth between the [[#View screen|view screen]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] for that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translate tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Translate tab with user interface sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translate tab allows users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] to translate [[#User interface|user interface]] elements, [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#Default content|default content]]. See [[UM-5|UM-5 Translate content / interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translation bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Translation bar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation bar appears at the bottom of the screen when users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] select a language from the [[#Language menu|language menu]]. Clicking on ''translate user interface'' in the bottom right-hand corner of the bar opens up the [[#Translation panel|translation panel]], where the user translates [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate user interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translation panel.png|500px|right|thumb|Translation panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation panel is used by [[#Translator|translators]] to edit [[#User interface|user interface]] elements and is accessed via the [[#Translation bar|translation bar]]. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator is a type of user who can translate [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User account ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User accounts are established in order to manage [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] through the assignment of [[#User role|user roles]]. Every user who must be able to create, modify, delete or translate content must have a user account. In ICA-AtoM user accounts are established and maintained by [[#Administrator|administrators]]. See [[UM-7.2|UM-7.2 Set up and manage user accounts]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User interface ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface is the set of elements that allow the user to interact with the ICA-AtoM application. These elements include the [[#Main menu bar|main menu bar]], [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]], [[#Context menu box|context menu boxes]], [[#Title bar|title bars]], [[#Column header|column headers]], buttons, [[#Field|fields]] and [[#Field label|field labels]] and any other elements used to navigate ICA-AtoM or to search for, view, add, modify and delete [[#Database content|database content]]. The labels of some user interface elements can be customized by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.5|UM 7.3.5 Customize user interface entity labels]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User interface translation page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface translation screen is a list of links to pages that contain all the [[#User interface|user interface]] elements that require translation. The screen is accessible only to those users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] and is opened by clicking on the ''translate interface'' sub-tab of the [[#Translate tab|translate tab]]. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Username ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The username is a name supplied by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] to any user (other than a [[#Researcher|researcher]]) of the ICA-AtoM application as part of the [[#User account|user account]]. See [[UM-7.2.1|UM-7.2.1 Add a new user]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user profile is information about a user managed in a [[#User account|user account]]. User profiles are created and maintained by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.2|7.2.3 Edit user profile]]), although logged-in users can view their own profiles (and change their [[#Password|passwords]]) by going through the [[#System menu|system menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User role ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User roles define levels of access to functions in ICA-AtoM, ranging from view-only access to full administration rights. User roles are defined by groups that an [[#Administrator|administrator]] can add and edit. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]] and [[UM-7.2#Add_and_edit_groups|UM-7.2 Set up and manage user accounts: Add and edit groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Value list ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Value list.png|500px|right|thumb|Value list derived from ''note types'' taxonomy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value lists restrict data entry in certain [[#Field|fields]] to [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] or terms derived from [[#Authority record|authority records]]. They appear as [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]] in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View mode provides read-only access to the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] using [[#View screen|view screens]]. In view mode, ICA-AtoM displays only those [[#Field|fields]] in a record which contain data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G View screen.png|500px|right|thumb|View screen for an authority record]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View screens allow users to view in detail the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Gloss%C3%A1rio&amp;diff=8548</id>
		<title>Glossário</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Gloss%C3%A1rio&amp;diff=8548"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T15:09:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nesta página estão algumas definições de termos usados frequentemente no sistema e no manual do ICA-AtoM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sobre a página ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proporciona informações gerais sobre o ICA-AtoM. Este link pode ser encontrado [[#System menu|system menu]] in the top right-hand corner of your screen. The content of the about page can be edited by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ponto de acesso ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An access point is &amp;quot;A name, term, keyword, phrase or code that may be used to search, identify and locate an archival description.&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM access points are derived from [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] created and customized by users. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Privilégios de acesso ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access privileges control the ways a user is able to interact with ICA-AtoM. For example, some users are able to add and edit content while others may only be able to search and browse content. Access privileges are based on defined [[#User role|user roles]] (see [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Botão Adicionar/editar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Add edit tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Add/Edit tab with archival description sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The add/edit tab allows authorized users to create, modify and delete content. Only logged-in users can see the add/edit tab, which contains four sub-tabs: [[#Archival description|archival description]], [[#Authority record|authority record]], [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] and [[#Term|term]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adicionar novo botão ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Add new button in archival description button block - lower left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The add new button is located in the [[#Button block|button block]] of the [[#View screen|view screen]] and allows users to add new records ([[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]) to ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Botão Admin ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Admin tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Admin tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The admin tab allows users with [[#Administrator|administrator]] access to customize ICA-AtoM to meet institution-specific requirements and to manage [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#User profile|user profiles]] (see [[UM-7|UM-7 Administer ICA-AtoM]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Administrador ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Administrator is a type of user who has [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] to do the following: install or uninstall ICA-AtoM; create, read, update or delete any record; customize ICA-AtoM to institution-specific requirements; and manage [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#User profile|user profiles]] (see [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]] and [[UM-7|UM-7 Administer ICA-AtoM]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logotipo da aplicação ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Application logo.png|500px|right|thumb|Application logo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The application logo is the graphic that appears at the top of all screens in ICA-AtoM. Clicking on the logo will take the user to the application's [[#Home page|home page]]. ICA-AtoM ships with a default logo that can be replaced by [[#Administrator|administrators]] to theme the application to their own institution or [[#Network|network]] if desired. See [[UM-7.3.5|UM-7.3.5 Change logo]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Descrição arquivística ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An archival description is a body of information about an archival record or records. The descriptions provide contextual information about the archival materials and are arranged into hierarchical levels ([[#Fonds|fonds]], series, files, items, and variations of these in accordance with institutional standards). In ICA-AtoM the [[#Data element|data elements]] used for describing archival records are derived from the ICA's ''General International Standard Archival Description (ISAD-G)''. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.1|UM-3.1 Add / edit archival descriptions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instituição com acervo arquivístico ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An archival institution is &amp;quot;An organization which keeps and preserves archival material and makes it accessible to the public&amp;quot; (''ISDIAH'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM the [[#Data element|data elements]] used to describe such institutions are based on the ICA's ''International Standard for Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings (ISDIAH)''. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.3|UM-3.3 Add / edit archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Unidade arquivística ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Archival unit is a generic term for an aggregation of archival materials. A unit can be a [[#Fonds|fonds]], series, file, item or variation thereof, depending on institutional standards. A unit may be divided into sub-units for the purposes of description: for example, a [[#Fonds|fonds]] may contain several series, each of which may contain several files, and so forth. The smallest (and therefore indivisible) unit is the item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registo de autoridade ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, authority records are collections of information about actors - corporate bodies, persons or families - who interact with archival materials, typically as [[#Creator|creators]]. The [[#Data element|data elements]] used to describe authority records are based on the ICA's ''International Standard Archival Authority Record for Corporate Bodies, Persons and Families (ISAAR(CPF))''. ''ISAAR'' Defines authority record as &amp;quot;The authorized form of name combined with othr information elements that identify and describe the named entity and may also point to other related authority records.&amp;quot; See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.2|UM-3.2 Add / edit authority records]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Browse box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Browse box.png|500px|right|thumb|Browse box]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Browsing allows a user to see all records that have a certain type of [[#Access point|access point]] (such as [[#Subject|subject]], [[#Name|name]] or [[#Place|place]]) or other type of [[#Filter|filter]], such as [[#Media type|media type]] or type of [[#Entity|entity]]. The browse box is located on the right hand side of all ICA-AtoM screens, including the [[#Home page|home page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Botão bloquear ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Button block - archival description view screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button block allows authorized users to add or delete content and to save or reject changes made in the [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. It appears at the bottom of the screen and is designed to float (i.e. remain at the bottom of the screen when the user scrolls up or down in the browser window).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nível de descrição abaixo ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The child record refers to the description of the [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] that is one [[#Level of description|level of description]] lower than the current unit. For example, if a series belongs to a fonds the series is the child record of the fonds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coleção ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ISAD(G), a collection is &amp;quot;[a]n artificial assemblage of documents accumulated on the basis of some common characteristic without regard to the provenance of those documents. Not to be confused with an archival fonds.&amp;quot; In Rules for Archival Description, it is &amp;quot;[a] grouping of documents of any provenance intentionally assembled on the basis of some common characteristic.&amp;quot; In Dublin Core, a collection is &amp;quot;[a]n aggregation of resources. A collection is described as a group; its parts may also be separately described.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Column header ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Column header.png|500px|right|thumb|Column headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Column headers appear at the top of the lists on [[#List screen|list screens]] and give the name of the [[#Field|field]] for whatever is being listed below. Clicking on the [[#Field|field]] names in the column headers will sort the list alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Context menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The context menu box appears on all [[#View screen|view]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] to show the current record's relationships to other records, with links. For example, they show the hierarchical placement of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] within a [[#Fonds|fonds]] and the relationship between [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and archival holdings. See [[UM-4.6|UM-4.6 Navigate: context menu box]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contributor is a type of user who can search, browse, create and edit descriptions. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Controlled vocabulary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A controlled vocabulary is a set of pre-defined, authorized [[#Term|terms]] grouped into [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] or entered into [[#Authority record|authority records]] and used for generating [[#Value list|value lists]] and [[#Access point|access points]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cover flow viewer ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Cover-flow.png|500px|right|thumb|Cover-flow viewer at fonds-level description]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[wikipedia:Cover flow viwer|Cover flow viewers]] show sets of [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] versions of [[#Digital object|digital objects]] and allow the user to scroll through the [[#Thumbnail|thumbnails]] using a mouse or keyboard scroll arrows. In ICA-AtoM a cover-flow viewer appears in the [[#Context menu box|context menu box]] of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] whenever there are associated lower-level descriptions that have digital objects attached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The create button, located on the [[#Button block|button block]], is used to save new [[#Entity|entities]]. Once an entity has been saved for the first time, the create button disappears and is replaced by the ''save'' button, which is used to save all subsequent changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A creator is &amp;quot;Any entity (corporate body, family or person) that created, accumulated and/or maintained records in the conduct of personal or corporate activity&amp;quot; (''ISAAR'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the creator is described in an [[#Authority record|authority record]] linked to an [[#Archival description|archival description]], usually at the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]] only. Lower levels inherit the creator from the [[#Parent record|parent record]], unless a different creator is specified. ICA-AtoM can accommodate multiple creators at all [[#Level of description|levels of description]]. See [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Archival description: Context area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data element ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data elements, or elements of description, are ICA standards-based units of information applied to [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. The elements are entered into [[#Field|fields]] in ICA-AtoM's [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Database content ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database content refers to information stored in ICA-Atom's database tables, including [[#Data element|data elements]], [[#Static page|static page]] content and [[#User profile|user profile]] information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default content ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Default content.png|500px|right|thumb|Default values for levels of description. These can be modified to suit institutional requirements.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default content is any [[#Database content|database content]] that is included by default when ICA-AtoM is installed. This includes things like the default [[#Home screen|home screen content]] and [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menu]] values that are stored in [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default source language ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default source language is the language in which all [[#User interface|user interface]] elements are displayed when ICA-AtoM is opened. The language is specified when the application is installed. Users can switch to other [[#Supported language|supported languages]] and [[#Translator|translators]] can translate [[#Database content|database content]] and [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-2.5|UM-2.5 Switch language view]]. and [[UM-5|UM-5 UM Translate content / interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Delete button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Delete button in archival description button block - second from left.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The delete button appears in the [[#Button block|button block]] that is is visible whenever the user opens an [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Clicking on the delete button will prompt a warning to appear asking whether the user really intends to delete the [[#Entity|entity]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Delete icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_delete_icon.png|500px|right|thumb|Delete icons to the right of data entry fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete icons are small buttons in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] used to delete values from [[#Multi-value field|multi-value fields]], such as those containing [[#Event|event]] dates or [[#Access point|access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Developer ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A developer is a programmer who is able to modify the underlying software code of an ICA-AtoM application. In the beta version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0), much of the customization of the application can only be done by developers. In future releases of the software, more and more features will be customizable via [[#User interface|user interface]] elements available to [[#Administrator|administrators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Digital object ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Digital objects are computer files that can be uploaded into and displayed by ICA-AtoM. They include scanned images, digital photographs, sound and moving image files and other scanned or born-digital items. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]] and [[UM-6.1.1|UM-6.1.1 Digital objects: supported formats]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Draft record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A draft record is an [[#Archival description|archival description]] that has not been published. All new and imported [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] have draft status until the user changes that status to published in the grey box at the bottom of the [[#Archival description|archival description]] [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Note that the status is inherited from the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]. Users who are not logged in cannot view draft records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Drop-down menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_drop-down_menu.png|500px|right|thumb|A drop-down menu in an edit screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[wikipedia:Drop-down list|drop-down list]] is a list of data-entry options that appears below certain [[#Field|fields]] in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]], the [[#Search box|search box]] and the [[#Browse box|browse box]]. Values are drawn from [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and default data contained in ICA-AtoM's database tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit button in archival description button block - far left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edit button appears at the bottom of [[#View screen|view screens]]; clicking the button takes the user to the [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] for that record. Note that the user can also switch between view and edit screens by clicking the [[#Title bar|title bar]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit icon.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit icon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edit icon appears in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] next to [[#Field|fields]] that derive data from a related record. The user clicks the icon to edit the text in the related record. For example, to edit the ''administrative/biographical history'' in an [[#Archival description|archival description]], the user must click the edit icon because the data resides in the [[#Creator|creator's]] [[#Authority record|authority record]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit mode allows the user to add, modify or delete the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]], [[#Term|terms]] and other [[#Database content|database content]] using [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. In edit mode, ICA-AtoM displays all [[#Field|fields]] in a record for data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit screen for an archival institution: ''identity area'' expanded]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit screens allow users to add, modify and delete the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. They are also used to carry out administrative functions such as changing [[#User profile|user profiles]] and editing [[#Static page|static pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An editor is a type of user who can search, browse, create, edit and delete [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Entity ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An entity is an object about which an information system collects data. From the user's perspective, in ICA-AtoM there are four main entities: [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity Types]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error message ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An error message will display when ICA-AtoM is unable to execute an action. See [[UM-2.4#Error screen|UM-2.4 Screen types]] for examples of types of error messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Event ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, an event registers an action by an actor (corporate body, person or family) at a particular time or over a span of time and may establish a relationship between the actor and other actors or [[#Entity|entities]]. This is accomplished through the use of start and end dates in the ''context area'' of the [[#Archival description|archival description]], which links the [[#Creator|creator]] or other actor to the records for the period of time delimited by the dates. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Add / edit archival descriptions &amp;gt; Context area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A field is a container for a [[#Data element|data element]]. Content is added to or modified in fields in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field label ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Field labels.png|500px|right|thumb|Field labels in an archival description view screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Field labels identify [[#Field|fields]] in [[#View screen|view screens]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. In ICA-AtoM 1.0 beta, field labels can only be customized by developers working directly with the code; in a future release an interface for customizing labels will be available to [[#Administrator|administrators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Filter.png|500px|right|thumb|Browsing using ''media type'' as a filter]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A filter is a tool for browsing [[#Database content|database content]] from different points of view. Selecting a filter from the [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menu]] in the [[#Browse box|browse box]] will generate a list of records organized by that filter. For example, filtering by ''media type'' will display a list of all ''media type'' [[#Term|terms]] and the number of [[#Digital object|digital objects]] in the system of each type. See [[UM-4.4|UM-4.4 Browse]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fonds ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fonds is an [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] defined as &amp;quot;The whole of the records, regardless of form or medium, organically created and/or accumulated and used by a particular person, family, or corporate body in the course of that creator's activities and functions.&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the fonds is by default the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]. This default can be changed by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.4|UM-7.3.4 Customize user interface entity labels]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Holding ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Holdings.png|500px|right|thumb|Context menu showing list of archival holdings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holdings is a generic term referring to the records and other materials held by [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]]. In ICA-AtoM a list of holdings is displayed in the [[#Context menu box|context menu box]] on [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] [[#View screen|view screens]]. The list is generated from the titles of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] that have the [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] selected as a repository (see [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Archival description: Context area, step 6, Repository]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The home page is the first screen the user sees when opening the ICA-AtoM application. It can also be accessed via the ''home'' link on the [[#System menu|system menu]] or by clicking the [[#Application logo|application logo]]. The content of the home page can be edited by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Information area ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit screen showing information areas; ''identity area'' open]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information areas appear on [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] and group related [[#Field|fields]] based on the organization of elements of description in ICA descriptive standards. Clicking on an information area toggles it between closed (all [[#Field|fields]] in that area hidden) and open (all [[#Field|fields]] visible).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Language menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Language menu.png|500px|right|thumb|Language menu with English selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language menu, located in the top-left corner of the screen, allows the user to switch to any of the [[#Supported language|supported languages]] in ICA-AtoM. The current language is always underlined. See [[UM-2.5|UM-2.5 Switch language view]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Language view ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language view refers to the language in which the [[#User interface|user interface]] elements and [[#Database content|database content]] are displayed. Users can switch between languages by using the [[#Language menu|language menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Level of description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The level of description is &amp;quot;the position of the unit of description in the hierarchy of the fonds&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the level of description is selected from a [[#Value list|value list]] in the ''identity'' area of an [[#Archival description|archival description]]. See [[UM-3.1.4|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: Identity area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List all button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|List all button in archival description button block - lower right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list all button is located in the [[#Button block|button block]] at the bottom of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. Clicking the button takes users to the [[#List screen|list screen]] for whichever type of [[#Entity|entity]] they have been editing. Note that any unsaved data you have entered will be lost when you go the [[#List screen|list screen]]; to avoid losing data, always save any changes before clicking the list all button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G List screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Archival description list screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list screen displays summary lists of [[#Entity|entities]] such as [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] which have been accessed either via the [[#Add / edit tab|add/edit tab]] or the [[#List all button|list all button]] or by using the [[#Search box|search box]] or [[#Browse box|browse box]]. Clicking on the blue text takes the user to [[#View screen|view screens]] showing full record details. There are also list screens for [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies ]] and for other entities such as [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#Static page|static pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Main menu Bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Main menu bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Main menu bar with add/edit tab and archival description sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main menu bar is the the navigational tool located near the top of all screens for logged-in users, right below the [[#Application logo|application logo]]. It allows the user to navigate to all the main areas of ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Master digital object ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The master digital object is the unaltered version of a [[#Digital object|digital object]] that has been uploaded to ICA-AtoM. ICA-AtoM automatically generates a [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and a [[#Reference display copy|reference display copy]] of the object. Only logged-in users may view master digital objects. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Media type ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media type refers to the format of uploaded [[#Digital object|digital objects]]. The media type is selected automatically by ICA-AtoM when a digital object is uploaded and the [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and [[#Reference display copy|reference display copies]] of the object are generated. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]]. Note that media type [[#Term|terms]] are controlled by the ''media type'' [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]]. ICA-AtoM ships with five [[#Term|terms]] (audio, image, text, video, other) that are locked; these cannot be edited or deleted because they are referenced by ICA-AtoM's code. [[#Editor|Editors]] and [[#Administrator|administrators]] can add new media type [[#Term|terms]], but unless developers incorporate these into the code, the system will not be able to do anything with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-repository system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A multi-repository system exists when a single instance of ICA-AtoM is used by a [[#Network|network]] of [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-value field ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Multi-value field.png|500px|right|thumb|Multi-value field showing three subject terms in an archival description.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A multi-value field is a [[#Field|field]] that is structured to contain more than one data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Name ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, names are registered in [[#Authority record|authority records]] for corporate bodies, persons and families who interact with archival materials as e.g. [[#Creator|creators]], custodians and publishers. Names can be applied as access points to archival descriptions. See [[UM-3.1.4#Access_points|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Network ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A network is an aggregation of institutions using one instance of ICA-AtoM to produce a union list of archival holdings (a [[#Multi-repository system|multi-repository system]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Page title ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Screen title.png|500px|right|thumb|Screen title indicating a list screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The screen title indicates what kind of screen a user is viewing. For example, it indicates whether [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] or [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] are being displayed in a [[#View screen|view screen]], [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] or [[#List screen|list screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Parent record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parent record refers to the description of the [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] that is one [[#Level of description|level of description]] higher than the current unit. For example, the parent record of a sub-series is the series to which it belongs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Password ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Passwords are required by every user of the system who needs to be able to create, edit or delete content. The initial passwords are set by the [[#Administrator|system administrator]] (see [[UM-7.2.1|UM-7.2.1 Add a new user]]) and can subsequently be changed by the user (see [[UM-7.2.2|UM-7.2.2 Change your password]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Place ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, a place is a geographic location registered in a [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]] and used as an [[#Access point|access point]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Physical storage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Physical storage is a grouping of [[#Field|fields]] relating to the management of physical objects such as folders, boxes, shelves and cabinets. In ICA-AtoM, users can create and edit information about physical objects in the physical storage [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] accessible through the physical storage [[#Information area|information area]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], and link the objects to the [[#Archival unit|archival units]] they contain. See [[UM-3.1.12|UM3.1.12 Archival description: Physical storage]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Published record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A published record is an [[#Archival description|archival description]] that has had its status changed from draft to published in the grey box at the bottom of the [[#Archival description|archival description]] [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Note that the status is inherited from the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]; for example, when a [[#Fonds|fonds]] description is changed from draft to published, all [[#Child record|child levels]] within the fonds are automatically changed as well. Once [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] have been published, users who are not logged in can view them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference display copy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reference display copy is a low-resolution version of a [[#Master digital object|master digital object]] generated automatically by ICA-AtoM on upload. It is used to display images on the [[#Digital object|digital object]] [[#View screen|view screen]] when the user clicks on a [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and in the ''digital object'' area of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. See [[UM-6.1| UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Researcher ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A researcher is a type of user who is limited to searching and browsing descriptions. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Search box.png|500px|right|thumb|Search box showing &amp;quot;city&amp;quot; entered as a search query]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search box is used to find descriptions in ICA-AtoM that contain text matching a search query. The search box is located on the right hand side of all ICA-AtoM screens, including the [[#Home page|home page]]. See [[UM-4|UM-4 Access content]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search/browse box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[#Search box|search box]] and [[#Browse box|browse box]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search results screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Search results screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Search results screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search results screen lists descriptions retrieved through queries entered into the [[#Search box|search box]]. The screen re-states the search query, counts the results, and lists summary results. Clicking on the blue text in the summary results takes the user to the full record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Settings is a broad term used to describe the properties that affect the way a program looks and functions. In ICA-AtoM, certain settings can be changed by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] in order to customize ICA-AtoM to institution-specific requirements. See [[UM-7.3|UM-7.3 Customize Settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_Site_description.png|500px|right|thumb|Site description. Note use of Columbia theme (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]])]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site description appears at the top of the screen directly under the [[#Site title|site title]]. It is a configurable element - the text can be changed or removed (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site title ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_Site_title.png|500px|right|thumb|Site title. Note use of Columbia theme (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]])]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site title appears at the top of the screen next to the [[#Application logo|application logo]] and over the [[#Site description|site description]]. It is a configurable element - the text can be changed or removed (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Static page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Static pages are pages that are designed to look the same each time they are accessed, in contrast to dynamic pages such as [[#Search results screen|search results screens]], [[#View screen|view screens]] or [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. ICA-AtoM has two static pages, the [[#Home page|home page]] and the [[#About page|about page]]. Static pages can be edited by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Subject ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, subjects are [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] grouped in a [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]] and used as [[#Access point|access points]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]]. See [[UM-3.1.4#Access_points|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Supported language ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, a supported language is one into which both [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#User interface |user interface]] elements can be translated. In ICA-AtoM version 1.0 beta, the supported languages are Arabic, Dutch, English, Farsi, French, German, Greek, Icelandic, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish and Slovenian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== System menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G System menu.png|500px|right|thumb|System menu (user not logged in) in upper right-hand corner of the screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system menu, located in the upper right hand corner of the screen, contains basic navigational links. These allow the user to go to the [[#Home page|home page]] and [[#About page|about page]], user documentation (help screens) and the log in screen. Logged-in users can also use it to navigate to their [[#User profile|user profiles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Taxonomy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A taxonomy is a grouping of [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] used to generate [[#Value list|value lists]] and [[#Access point|access points]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are the values that make up [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabularies]]. In ICA-AtoM, terms are grouped into [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] that can be created, modified and deleted through the ''term'' sub-tab of the [[#Add / edit tab|add/edit tab]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Thumbnail ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thumbnail is a small, low-resolution version of a [[#Master digital object|master digital object]] generated automatically by ICA-AtoM on upload. Thumbnails are displayed on [[#View screen|view screens]], in the ''digital object'' [[#Information area|information area]] of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]], and in [[#Cover-flow viewer|cover-flow]] views at higher levels of description. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Title bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Title bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Title bar in view authority record screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The title bar appears at the top of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]]. Clicking on the title bar allows the user to switch back and forth between the [[#View screen|view screen]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] for that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translate tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Translate tab with user interface sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translate tab allows users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] to translate [[#User interface|user interface]] elements, [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#Default content|default content]]. See [[UM-5|UM-5 Translate content / interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translation bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Translation bar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation bar appears at the bottom of the screen when users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] select a language from the [[#Language menu|language menu]]. Clicking on ''translate user interface'' in the bottom right-hand corner of the bar opens up the [[#Translation panel|translation panel]], where the user translates [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate user interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translation panel.png|500px|right|thumb|Translation panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation panel is used by [[#Translator|translators]] to edit [[#User interface|user interface]] elements and is accessed via the [[#Translation bar|translation bar]]. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator is a type of user who can translate [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User account ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User accounts are established in order to manage [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] through the assignment of [[#User role|user roles]]. Every user who must be able to create, modify, delete or translate content must have a user account. In ICA-AtoM user accounts are established and maintained by [[#Administrator|administrators]]. See [[UM-7.2|UM-7.2 Set up and manage user accounts]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User interface ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface is the set of elements that allow the user to interact with the ICA-AtoM application. These elements include the [[#Main menu bar|main menu bar]], [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]], [[#Context menu box|context menu boxes]], [[#Title bar|title bars]], [[#Column header|column headers]], buttons, [[#Field|fields]] and [[#Field label|field labels]] and any other elements used to navigate ICA-AtoM or to search for, view, add, modify and delete [[#Database content|database content]]. The labels of some user interface elements can be customized by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.5|UM 7.3.5 Customize user interface entity labels]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User interface translation page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface translation screen is a list of links to pages that contain all the [[#User interface|user interface]] elements that require translation. The screen is accessible only to those users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] and is opened by clicking on the ''translate interface'' sub-tab of the [[#Translate tab|translate tab]]. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Username ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The username is a name supplied by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] to any user (other than a [[#Researcher|researcher]]) of the ICA-AtoM application as part of the [[#User account|user account]]. See [[UM-7.2.1|UM-7.2.1 Add a new user]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user profile is information about a user managed in a [[#User account|user account]]. User profiles are created and maintained by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.2|7.2.3 Edit user profile]]), although logged-in users can view their own profiles (and change their [[#Password|passwords]]) by going through the [[#System menu|system menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User role ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User roles define levels of access to functions in ICA-AtoM, ranging from view-only access to full administration rights. User roles are defined by groups that an [[#Administrator|administrator]] can add and edit. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]] and [[UM-7.2#Add_and_edit_groups|UM-7.2 Set up and manage user accounts: Add and edit groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Value list ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Value list.png|500px|right|thumb|Value list derived from ''note types'' taxonomy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value lists restrict data entry in certain [[#Field|fields]] to [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] or terms derived from [[#Authority record|authority records]]. They appear as [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]] in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View mode provides read-only access to the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] using [[#View screen|view screens]]. In view mode, ICA-AtoM displays only those [[#Field|fields]] in a record which contain data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G View screen.png|500px|right|thumb|View screen for an authority record]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View screens allow users to view in detail the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Gloss%C3%A1rio&amp;diff=8547</id>
		<title>Glossário</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Gloss%C3%A1rio&amp;diff=8547"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T15:06:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nesta página estão algumas definições de termos usados frequentemente no sistema e no manual do ICA-AtoM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sobre a página ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proporciona informações gerais sobre o ICA-AtoM. Este link pode ser encontrado [[#System menu|system menu]] in the top right-hand corner of your screen. The content of the about page can be edited by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ponto de acesso ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An access point is &amp;quot;A name, term, keyword, phrase or code that may be used to search, identify and locate an archival description.&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM access points are derived from [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] created and customized by users. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Privilégios de acesso ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access privileges control the ways a user is able to interact with ICA-AtoM. For example, some users are able to add and edit content while others may only be able to search and browse content. Access privileges are based on defined [[#User role|user roles]] (see [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Botão Adicionar/editar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Add edit tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Add/Edit tab with archival description sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The add/edit tab allows authorized users to create, modify and delete content. Only logged-in users can see the add/edit tab, which contains four sub-tabs: [[#Archival description|archival description]], [[#Authority record|authority record]], [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] and [[#Term|term]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adicionar novo botão ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Add new button in archival description button block - lower left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The add new button is located in the [[#Button block|button block]] of the [[#View screen|view screen]] and allows users to add new records ([[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]) to ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Botão Admin ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Admin tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Admin tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The admin tab allows users with [[#Administrator|administrator]] access to customize ICA-AtoM to meet institution-specific requirements and to manage [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#User profile|user profiles]] (see [[UM-7|UM-7 Administer ICA-AtoM]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Administrador ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Administrator is a type of user who has [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] to do the following: install or uninstall ICA-AtoM; create, read, update or delete any record; customize ICA-AtoM to institution-specific requirements; and manage [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#User profile|user profiles]] (see [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]] and [[UM-7|UM-7 Administer ICA-AtoM]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logotipo da aplicação ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Application logo.png|500px|right|thumb|Application logo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The application logo is the graphic that appears at the top of all screens in ICA-AtoM. Clicking on the logo will take the user to the application's [[#Home page|home page]]. ICA-AtoM ships with a default logo that can be replaced by [[#Administrator|administrators]] to theme the application to their own institution or [[#Network|network]] if desired. See [[UM-7.3.5|UM-7.3.5 Change logo]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Descrição arquivística ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An archival description is a body of information about an archival record or records. The descriptions provide contextual information about the archival materials and are arranged into hierarchical levels ([[#Fonds|fonds]], series, files, items, and variations of these in accordance with institutional standards). In ICA-AtoM the [[#Data element|data elements]] used for describing archival records are derived from the ICA's ''General International Standard Archival Description (ISAD-G)''. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.1|UM-3.1 Add / edit archival descriptions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Archival institution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An archival institution is &amp;quot;An organization which keeps and preserves archival material and makes it accessible to the public&amp;quot; (''ISDIAH'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM the [[#Data element|data elements]] used to describe such institutions are based on the ICA's ''International Standard for Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings (ISDIAH)''. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.3|UM-3.3 Add / edit archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Archival unit ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Archival unit is a generic term for an aggregation of archival materials. A unit can be a [[#Fonds|fonds]], series, file, item or variation thereof, depending on institutional standards. A unit may be divided into sub-units for the purposes of description: for example, a [[#Fonds|fonds]] may contain several series, each of which may contain several files, and so forth. The smallest (and therefore indivisible) unit is the item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Authority record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, authority records are collections of information about actors - corporate bodies, persons or families - who interact with archival materials, typically as [[#Creator|creators]]. The [[#Data element|data elements]] used to describe authority records are based on the ICA's ''International Standard Archival Authority Record for Corporate Bodies, Persons and Families (ISAAR(CPF))''. ''ISAAR'' Defines authority record as &amp;quot;The authorized form of name combined with othr information elements that identify and describe the named entity and may also point to other related authority records.&amp;quot; See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.2|UM-3.2 Add / edit authority records]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Browse box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Browse box.png|500px|right|thumb|Browse box]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Browsing allows a user to see all records that have a certain type of [[#Access point|access point]] (such as [[#Subject|subject]], [[#Name|name]] or [[#Place|place]]) or other type of [[#Filter|filter]], such as [[#Media type|media type]] or type of [[#Entity|entity]]. The browse box is located on the right hand side of all ICA-AtoM screens, including the [[#Home page|home page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Button block ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Button block - archival description view screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button block allows authorized users to add or delete content and to save or reject changes made in the [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. It appears at the bottom of the screen and is designed to float (i.e. remain at the bottom of the screen when the user scrolls up or down in the browser window).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Child record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The child record refers to the description of the [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] that is one [[#Level of description|level of description]] lower than the current unit. For example, if a series belongs to a fonds the series is the child record of the fonds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Collection ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ISAD(G), a collection is &amp;quot;[a]n artificial assemblage of documents accumulated on the basis of some common characteristic without regard to the provenance of those documents. Not to be confused with an archival fonds.&amp;quot; In Rules for Archival Description, it is &amp;quot;[a] grouping of documents of any provenance intentionally assembled on the basis of some common characteristic.&amp;quot; In Dublin Core, a collection is &amp;quot;[a]n aggregation of resources. A collection is described as a group; its parts may also be separately described.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Column header ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Column header.png|500px|right|thumb|Column headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Column headers appear at the top of the lists on [[#List screen|list screens]] and give the name of the [[#Field|field]] for whatever is being listed below. Clicking on the [[#Field|field]] names in the column headers will sort the list alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Context menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The context menu box appears on all [[#View screen|view]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] to show the current record's relationships to other records, with links. For example, they show the hierarchical placement of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] within a [[#Fonds|fonds]] and the relationship between [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and archival holdings. See [[UM-4.6|UM-4.6 Navigate: context menu box]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contributor is a type of user who can search, browse, create and edit descriptions. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Controlled vocabulary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A controlled vocabulary is a set of pre-defined, authorized [[#Term|terms]] grouped into [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] or entered into [[#Authority record|authority records]] and used for generating [[#Value list|value lists]] and [[#Access point|access points]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cover flow viewer ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Cover-flow.png|500px|right|thumb|Cover-flow viewer at fonds-level description]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[wikipedia:Cover flow viwer|Cover flow viewers]] show sets of [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] versions of [[#Digital object|digital objects]] and allow the user to scroll through the [[#Thumbnail|thumbnails]] using a mouse or keyboard scroll arrows. In ICA-AtoM a cover-flow viewer appears in the [[#Context menu box|context menu box]] of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] whenever there are associated lower-level descriptions that have digital objects attached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The create button, located on the [[#Button block|button block]], is used to save new [[#Entity|entities]]. Once an entity has been saved for the first time, the create button disappears and is replaced by the ''save'' button, which is used to save all subsequent changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A creator is &amp;quot;Any entity (corporate body, family or person) that created, accumulated and/or maintained records in the conduct of personal or corporate activity&amp;quot; (''ISAAR'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the creator is described in an [[#Authority record|authority record]] linked to an [[#Archival description|archival description]], usually at the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]] only. Lower levels inherit the creator from the [[#Parent record|parent record]], unless a different creator is specified. ICA-AtoM can accommodate multiple creators at all [[#Level of description|levels of description]]. See [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Archival description: Context area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data element ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data elements, or elements of description, are ICA standards-based units of information applied to [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. The elements are entered into [[#Field|fields]] in ICA-AtoM's [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Database content ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database content refers to information stored in ICA-Atom's database tables, including [[#Data element|data elements]], [[#Static page|static page]] content and [[#User profile|user profile]] information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default content ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Default content.png|500px|right|thumb|Default values for levels of description. These can be modified to suit institutional requirements.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default content is any [[#Database content|database content]] that is included by default when ICA-AtoM is installed. This includes things like the default [[#Home screen|home screen content]] and [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menu]] values that are stored in [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default source language ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default source language is the language in which all [[#User interface|user interface]] elements are displayed when ICA-AtoM is opened. The language is specified when the application is installed. Users can switch to other [[#Supported language|supported languages]] and [[#Translator|translators]] can translate [[#Database content|database content]] and [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-2.5|UM-2.5 Switch language view]]. and [[UM-5|UM-5 UM Translate content / interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Delete button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Delete button in archival description button block - second from left.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The delete button appears in the [[#Button block|button block]] that is is visible whenever the user opens an [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Clicking on the delete button will prompt a warning to appear asking whether the user really intends to delete the [[#Entity|entity]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Delete icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_delete_icon.png|500px|right|thumb|Delete icons to the right of data entry fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete icons are small buttons in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] used to delete values from [[#Multi-value field|multi-value fields]], such as those containing [[#Event|event]] dates or [[#Access point|access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Developer ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A developer is a programmer who is able to modify the underlying software code of an ICA-AtoM application. In the beta version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0), much of the customization of the application can only be done by developers. In future releases of the software, more and more features will be customizable via [[#User interface|user interface]] elements available to [[#Administrator|administrators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Digital object ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Digital objects are computer files that can be uploaded into and displayed by ICA-AtoM. They include scanned images, digital photographs, sound and moving image files and other scanned or born-digital items. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]] and [[UM-6.1.1|UM-6.1.1 Digital objects: supported formats]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Draft record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A draft record is an [[#Archival description|archival description]] that has not been published. All new and imported [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] have draft status until the user changes that status to published in the grey box at the bottom of the [[#Archival description|archival description]] [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Note that the status is inherited from the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]. Users who are not logged in cannot view draft records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Drop-down menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_drop-down_menu.png|500px|right|thumb|A drop-down menu in an edit screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[wikipedia:Drop-down list|drop-down list]] is a list of data-entry options that appears below certain [[#Field|fields]] in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]], the [[#Search box|search box]] and the [[#Browse box|browse box]]. Values are drawn from [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and default data contained in ICA-AtoM's database tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit button in archival description button block - far left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edit button appears at the bottom of [[#View screen|view screens]]; clicking the button takes the user to the [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] for that record. Note that the user can also switch between view and edit screens by clicking the [[#Title bar|title bar]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit icon.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit icon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edit icon appears in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] next to [[#Field|fields]] that derive data from a related record. The user clicks the icon to edit the text in the related record. For example, to edit the ''administrative/biographical history'' in an [[#Archival description|archival description]], the user must click the edit icon because the data resides in the [[#Creator|creator's]] [[#Authority record|authority record]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit mode allows the user to add, modify or delete the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]], [[#Term|terms]] and other [[#Database content|database content]] using [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. In edit mode, ICA-AtoM displays all [[#Field|fields]] in a record for data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit screen for an archival institution: ''identity area'' expanded]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit screens allow users to add, modify and delete the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. They are also used to carry out administrative functions such as changing [[#User profile|user profiles]] and editing [[#Static page|static pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An editor is a type of user who can search, browse, create, edit and delete [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Entity ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An entity is an object about which an information system collects data. From the user's perspective, in ICA-AtoM there are four main entities: [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity Types]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error message ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An error message will display when ICA-AtoM is unable to execute an action. See [[UM-2.4#Error screen|UM-2.4 Screen types]] for examples of types of error messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Event ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, an event registers an action by an actor (corporate body, person or family) at a particular time or over a span of time and may establish a relationship between the actor and other actors or [[#Entity|entities]]. This is accomplished through the use of start and end dates in the ''context area'' of the [[#Archival description|archival description]], which links the [[#Creator|creator]] or other actor to the records for the period of time delimited by the dates. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Add / edit archival descriptions &amp;gt; Context area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A field is a container for a [[#Data element|data element]]. Content is added to or modified in fields in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field label ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Field labels.png|500px|right|thumb|Field labels in an archival description view screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Field labels identify [[#Field|fields]] in [[#View screen|view screens]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. In ICA-AtoM 1.0 beta, field labels can only be customized by developers working directly with the code; in a future release an interface for customizing labels will be available to [[#Administrator|administrators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Filter.png|500px|right|thumb|Browsing using ''media type'' as a filter]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A filter is a tool for browsing [[#Database content|database content]] from different points of view. Selecting a filter from the [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menu]] in the [[#Browse box|browse box]] will generate a list of records organized by that filter. For example, filtering by ''media type'' will display a list of all ''media type'' [[#Term|terms]] and the number of [[#Digital object|digital objects]] in the system of each type. See [[UM-4.4|UM-4.4 Browse]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fonds ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fonds is an [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] defined as &amp;quot;The whole of the records, regardless of form or medium, organically created and/or accumulated and used by a particular person, family, or corporate body in the course of that creator's activities and functions.&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the fonds is by default the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]. This default can be changed by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.4|UM-7.3.4 Customize user interface entity labels]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Holding ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Holdings.png|500px|right|thumb|Context menu showing list of archival holdings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holdings is a generic term referring to the records and other materials held by [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]]. In ICA-AtoM a list of holdings is displayed in the [[#Context menu box|context menu box]] on [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] [[#View screen|view screens]]. The list is generated from the titles of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] that have the [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] selected as a repository (see [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Archival description: Context area, step 6, Repository]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The home page is the first screen the user sees when opening the ICA-AtoM application. It can also be accessed via the ''home'' link on the [[#System menu|system menu]] or by clicking the [[#Application logo|application logo]]. The content of the home page can be edited by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Information area ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit screen showing information areas; ''identity area'' open]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information areas appear on [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] and group related [[#Field|fields]] based on the organization of elements of description in ICA descriptive standards. Clicking on an information area toggles it between closed (all [[#Field|fields]] in that area hidden) and open (all [[#Field|fields]] visible).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Language menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Language menu.png|500px|right|thumb|Language menu with English selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language menu, located in the top-left corner of the screen, allows the user to switch to any of the [[#Supported language|supported languages]] in ICA-AtoM. The current language is always underlined. See [[UM-2.5|UM-2.5 Switch language view]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Language view ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language view refers to the language in which the [[#User interface|user interface]] elements and [[#Database content|database content]] are displayed. Users can switch between languages by using the [[#Language menu|language menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Level of description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The level of description is &amp;quot;the position of the unit of description in the hierarchy of the fonds&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the level of description is selected from a [[#Value list|value list]] in the ''identity'' area of an [[#Archival description|archival description]]. See [[UM-3.1.4|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: Identity area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List all button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|List all button in archival description button block - lower right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list all button is located in the [[#Button block|button block]] at the bottom of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. Clicking the button takes users to the [[#List screen|list screen]] for whichever type of [[#Entity|entity]] they have been editing. Note that any unsaved data you have entered will be lost when you go the [[#List screen|list screen]]; to avoid losing data, always save any changes before clicking the list all button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G List screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Archival description list screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list screen displays summary lists of [[#Entity|entities]] such as [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] which have been accessed either via the [[#Add / edit tab|add/edit tab]] or the [[#List all button|list all button]] or by using the [[#Search box|search box]] or [[#Browse box|browse box]]. Clicking on the blue text takes the user to [[#View screen|view screens]] showing full record details. There are also list screens for [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies ]] and for other entities such as [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#Static page|static pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Main menu Bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Main menu bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Main menu bar with add/edit tab and archival description sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main menu bar is the the navigational tool located near the top of all screens for logged-in users, right below the [[#Application logo|application logo]]. It allows the user to navigate to all the main areas of ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Master digital object ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The master digital object is the unaltered version of a [[#Digital object|digital object]] that has been uploaded to ICA-AtoM. ICA-AtoM automatically generates a [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and a [[#Reference display copy|reference display copy]] of the object. Only logged-in users may view master digital objects. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Media type ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media type refers to the format of uploaded [[#Digital object|digital objects]]. The media type is selected automatically by ICA-AtoM when a digital object is uploaded and the [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and [[#Reference display copy|reference display copies]] of the object are generated. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]]. Note that media type [[#Term|terms]] are controlled by the ''media type'' [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]]. ICA-AtoM ships with five [[#Term|terms]] (audio, image, text, video, other) that are locked; these cannot be edited or deleted because they are referenced by ICA-AtoM's code. [[#Editor|Editors]] and [[#Administrator|administrators]] can add new media type [[#Term|terms]], but unless developers incorporate these into the code, the system will not be able to do anything with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-repository system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A multi-repository system exists when a single instance of ICA-AtoM is used by a [[#Network|network]] of [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-value field ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Multi-value field.png|500px|right|thumb|Multi-value field showing three subject terms in an archival description.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A multi-value field is a [[#Field|field]] that is structured to contain more than one data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Name ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, names are registered in [[#Authority record|authority records]] for corporate bodies, persons and families who interact with archival materials as e.g. [[#Creator|creators]], custodians and publishers. Names can be applied as access points to archival descriptions. See [[UM-3.1.4#Access_points|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Network ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A network is an aggregation of institutions using one instance of ICA-AtoM to produce a union list of archival holdings (a [[#Multi-repository system|multi-repository system]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Page title ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Screen title.png|500px|right|thumb|Screen title indicating a list screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The screen title indicates what kind of screen a user is viewing. For example, it indicates whether [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] or [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] are being displayed in a [[#View screen|view screen]], [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] or [[#List screen|list screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Parent record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parent record refers to the description of the [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] that is one [[#Level of description|level of description]] higher than the current unit. For example, the parent record of a sub-series is the series to which it belongs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Password ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Passwords are required by every user of the system who needs to be able to create, edit or delete content. The initial passwords are set by the [[#Administrator|system administrator]] (see [[UM-7.2.1|UM-7.2.1 Add a new user]]) and can subsequently be changed by the user (see [[UM-7.2.2|UM-7.2.2 Change your password]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Place ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, a place is a geographic location registered in a [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]] and used as an [[#Access point|access point]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Physical storage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Physical storage is a grouping of [[#Field|fields]] relating to the management of physical objects such as folders, boxes, shelves and cabinets. In ICA-AtoM, users can create and edit information about physical objects in the physical storage [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] accessible through the physical storage [[#Information area|information area]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], and link the objects to the [[#Archival unit|archival units]] they contain. See [[UM-3.1.12|UM3.1.12 Archival description: Physical storage]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Published record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A published record is an [[#Archival description|archival description]] that has had its status changed from draft to published in the grey box at the bottom of the [[#Archival description|archival description]] [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Note that the status is inherited from the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]; for example, when a [[#Fonds|fonds]] description is changed from draft to published, all [[#Child record|child levels]] within the fonds are automatically changed as well. Once [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] have been published, users who are not logged in can view them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference display copy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reference display copy is a low-resolution version of a [[#Master digital object|master digital object]] generated automatically by ICA-AtoM on upload. It is used to display images on the [[#Digital object|digital object]] [[#View screen|view screen]] when the user clicks on a [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and in the ''digital object'' area of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. See [[UM-6.1| UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Researcher ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A researcher is a type of user who is limited to searching and browsing descriptions. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Search box.png|500px|right|thumb|Search box showing &amp;quot;city&amp;quot; entered as a search query]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search box is used to find descriptions in ICA-AtoM that contain text matching a search query. The search box is located on the right hand side of all ICA-AtoM screens, including the [[#Home page|home page]]. See [[UM-4|UM-4 Access content]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search/browse box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[#Search box|search box]] and [[#Browse box|browse box]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search results screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Search results screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Search results screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search results screen lists descriptions retrieved through queries entered into the [[#Search box|search box]]. The screen re-states the search query, counts the results, and lists summary results. Clicking on the blue text in the summary results takes the user to the full record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Settings is a broad term used to describe the properties that affect the way a program looks and functions. In ICA-AtoM, certain settings can be changed by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] in order to customize ICA-AtoM to institution-specific requirements. See [[UM-7.3|UM-7.3 Customize Settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_Site_description.png|500px|right|thumb|Site description. Note use of Columbia theme (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]])]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site description appears at the top of the screen directly under the [[#Site title|site title]]. It is a configurable element - the text can be changed or removed (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site title ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_Site_title.png|500px|right|thumb|Site title. Note use of Columbia theme (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]])]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site title appears at the top of the screen next to the [[#Application logo|application logo]] and over the [[#Site description|site description]]. It is a configurable element - the text can be changed or removed (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Static page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Static pages are pages that are designed to look the same each time they are accessed, in contrast to dynamic pages such as [[#Search results screen|search results screens]], [[#View screen|view screens]] or [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. ICA-AtoM has two static pages, the [[#Home page|home page]] and the [[#About page|about page]]. Static pages can be edited by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Subject ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, subjects are [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] grouped in a [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]] and used as [[#Access point|access points]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]]. See [[UM-3.1.4#Access_points|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Supported language ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, a supported language is one into which both [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#User interface |user interface]] elements can be translated. In ICA-AtoM version 1.0 beta, the supported languages are Arabic, Dutch, English, Farsi, French, German, Greek, Icelandic, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish and Slovenian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== System menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G System menu.png|500px|right|thumb|System menu (user not logged in) in upper right-hand corner of the screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system menu, located in the upper right hand corner of the screen, contains basic navigational links. These allow the user to go to the [[#Home page|home page]] and [[#About page|about page]], user documentation (help screens) and the log in screen. Logged-in users can also use it to navigate to their [[#User profile|user profiles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Taxonomy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A taxonomy is a grouping of [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] used to generate [[#Value list|value lists]] and [[#Access point|access points]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are the values that make up [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabularies]]. In ICA-AtoM, terms are grouped into [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] that can be created, modified and deleted through the ''term'' sub-tab of the [[#Add / edit tab|add/edit tab]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Thumbnail ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thumbnail is a small, low-resolution version of a [[#Master digital object|master digital object]] generated automatically by ICA-AtoM on upload. Thumbnails are displayed on [[#View screen|view screens]], in the ''digital object'' [[#Information area|information area]] of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]], and in [[#Cover-flow viewer|cover-flow]] views at higher levels of description. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Title bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Title bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Title bar in view authority record screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The title bar appears at the top of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]]. Clicking on the title bar allows the user to switch back and forth between the [[#View screen|view screen]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] for that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translate tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Translate tab with user interface sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translate tab allows users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] to translate [[#User interface|user interface]] elements, [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#Default content|default content]]. See [[UM-5|UM-5 Translate content / interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translation bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Translation bar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation bar appears at the bottom of the screen when users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] select a language from the [[#Language menu|language menu]]. Clicking on ''translate user interface'' in the bottom right-hand corner of the bar opens up the [[#Translation panel|translation panel]], where the user translates [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate user interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translation panel.png|500px|right|thumb|Translation panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation panel is used by [[#Translator|translators]] to edit [[#User interface|user interface]] elements and is accessed via the [[#Translation bar|translation bar]]. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator is a type of user who can translate [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User account ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User accounts are established in order to manage [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] through the assignment of [[#User role|user roles]]. Every user who must be able to create, modify, delete or translate content must have a user account. In ICA-AtoM user accounts are established and maintained by [[#Administrator|administrators]]. See [[UM-7.2|UM-7.2 Set up and manage user accounts]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User interface ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface is the set of elements that allow the user to interact with the ICA-AtoM application. These elements include the [[#Main menu bar|main menu bar]], [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]], [[#Context menu box|context menu boxes]], [[#Title bar|title bars]], [[#Column header|column headers]], buttons, [[#Field|fields]] and [[#Field label|field labels]] and any other elements used to navigate ICA-AtoM or to search for, view, add, modify and delete [[#Database content|database content]]. The labels of some user interface elements can be customized by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.5|UM 7.3.5 Customize user interface entity labels]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User interface translation page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface translation screen is a list of links to pages that contain all the [[#User interface|user interface]] elements that require translation. The screen is accessible only to those users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] and is opened by clicking on the ''translate interface'' sub-tab of the [[#Translate tab|translate tab]]. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Username ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The username is a name supplied by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] to any user (other than a [[#Researcher|researcher]]) of the ICA-AtoM application as part of the [[#User account|user account]]. See [[UM-7.2.1|UM-7.2.1 Add a new user]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user profile is information about a user managed in a [[#User account|user account]]. User profiles are created and maintained by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.2|7.2.3 Edit user profile]]), although logged-in users can view their own profiles (and change their [[#Password|passwords]]) by going through the [[#System menu|system menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User role ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User roles define levels of access to functions in ICA-AtoM, ranging from view-only access to full administration rights. User roles are defined by groups that an [[#Administrator|administrator]] can add and edit. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]] and [[UM-7.2#Add_and_edit_groups|UM-7.2 Set up and manage user accounts: Add and edit groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Value list ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Value list.png|500px|right|thumb|Value list derived from ''note types'' taxonomy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value lists restrict data entry in certain [[#Field|fields]] to [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] or terms derived from [[#Authority record|authority records]]. They appear as [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]] in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View mode provides read-only access to the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] using [[#View screen|view screens]]. In view mode, ICA-AtoM displays only those [[#Field|fields]] in a record which contain data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G View screen.png|500px|right|thumb|View screen for an authority record]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View screens allow users to view in detail the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Gloss%C3%A1rio&amp;diff=8546</id>
		<title>Glossário</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Gloss%C3%A1rio&amp;diff=8546"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T15:02:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nesta página estão algumas definições de termos usados frequentemente no sistema e no manual do ICA-AtoM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sobre a página ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proporciona informações gerais sobre o ICA-AtoM. Este link pode ser encontrado [[#System menu|system menu]] in the top right-hand corner of your screen. The content of the about page can be edited by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Access point ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An access point is &amp;quot;A name, term, keyword, phrase or code that may be used to search, identify and locate an archival description.&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM access points are derived from [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] created and customized by users. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Access privilege ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access privileges control the ways a user is able to interact with ICA-AtoM. For example, some users are able to add and edit content while others may only be able to search and browse content. Access privileges are based on defined [[#User role|user roles]] (see [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Add/edit tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Add edit tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Add/Edit tab with archival description sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The add/edit tab allows authorized users to create, modify and delete content. Only logged-in users can see the add/edit tab, which contains four sub-tabs: [[#Archival description|archival description]], [[#Authority record|authority record]], [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] and [[#Term|term]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Add new button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Add new button in archival description button block - lower left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The add new button is located in the [[#Button block|button block]] of the [[#View screen|view screen]] and allows users to add new records ([[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]) to ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Admin tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Admin tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Admin tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The admin tab allows users with [[#Administrator|administrator]] access to customize ICA-AtoM to meet institution-specific requirements and to manage [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#User profile|user profiles]] (see [[UM-7|UM-7 Administer ICA-AtoM]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Administrator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Administrator is a type of user who has [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] to do the following: install or uninstall ICA-AtoM; create, read, update or delete any record; customize ICA-AtoM to institution-specific requirements; and manage [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#User profile|user profiles]] (see [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]] and [[UM-7|UM-7 Administer ICA-AtoM]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Application logo ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Application logo.png|500px|right|thumb|Application logo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The application logo is the graphic that appears at the top of all screens in ICA-AtoM. Clicking on the logo will take the user to the application's [[#Home page|home page]]. ICA-AtoM ships with a default logo that can be replaced by [[#Administrator|administrators]] to theme the application to their own institution or [[#Network|network]] if desired. See [[UM-7.3.5|UM-7.3.5 Change logo]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Archival description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An archival description is a body of information about an archival record or records. The descriptions provide contextual information about the archival materials and are arranged into hierarchical levels ([[#Fonds|fonds]], series, files, items, and variations of these in accordance with institutional standards). In ICA-AtoM the [[#Data element|data elements]] used for describing archival records are derived from the ICA's ''General International Standard Archival Description (ISAD-G)''. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.1|UM-3.1 Add / edit archival descriptions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Archival institution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An archival institution is &amp;quot;An organization which keeps and preserves archival material and makes it accessible to the public&amp;quot; (''ISDIAH'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM the [[#Data element|data elements]] used to describe such institutions are based on the ICA's ''International Standard for Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings (ISDIAH)''. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.3|UM-3.3 Add / edit archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Archival unit ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Archival unit is a generic term for an aggregation of archival materials. A unit can be a [[#Fonds|fonds]], series, file, item or variation thereof, depending on institutional standards. A unit may be divided into sub-units for the purposes of description: for example, a [[#Fonds|fonds]] may contain several series, each of which may contain several files, and so forth. The smallest (and therefore indivisible) unit is the item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Authority record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, authority records are collections of information about actors - corporate bodies, persons or families - who interact with archival materials, typically as [[#Creator|creators]]. The [[#Data element|data elements]] used to describe authority records are based on the ICA's ''International Standard Archival Authority Record for Corporate Bodies, Persons and Families (ISAAR(CPF))''. ''ISAAR'' Defines authority record as &amp;quot;The authorized form of name combined with othr information elements that identify and describe the named entity and may also point to other related authority records.&amp;quot; See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.2|UM-3.2 Add / edit authority records]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Browse box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Browse box.png|500px|right|thumb|Browse box]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Browsing allows a user to see all records that have a certain type of [[#Access point|access point]] (such as [[#Subject|subject]], [[#Name|name]] or [[#Place|place]]) or other type of [[#Filter|filter]], such as [[#Media type|media type]] or type of [[#Entity|entity]]. The browse box is located on the right hand side of all ICA-AtoM screens, including the [[#Home page|home page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Button block ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Button block - archival description view screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button block allows authorized users to add or delete content and to save or reject changes made in the [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. It appears at the bottom of the screen and is designed to float (i.e. remain at the bottom of the screen when the user scrolls up or down in the browser window).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Child record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The child record refers to the description of the [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] that is one [[#Level of description|level of description]] lower than the current unit. For example, if a series belongs to a fonds the series is the child record of the fonds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Collection ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ISAD(G), a collection is &amp;quot;[a]n artificial assemblage of documents accumulated on the basis of some common characteristic without regard to the provenance of those documents. Not to be confused with an archival fonds.&amp;quot; In Rules for Archival Description, it is &amp;quot;[a] grouping of documents of any provenance intentionally assembled on the basis of some common characteristic.&amp;quot; In Dublin Core, a collection is &amp;quot;[a]n aggregation of resources. A collection is described as a group; its parts may also be separately described.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Column header ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Column header.png|500px|right|thumb|Column headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Column headers appear at the top of the lists on [[#List screen|list screens]] and give the name of the [[#Field|field]] for whatever is being listed below. Clicking on the [[#Field|field]] names in the column headers will sort the list alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Context menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The context menu box appears on all [[#View screen|view]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] to show the current record's relationships to other records, with links. For example, they show the hierarchical placement of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] within a [[#Fonds|fonds]] and the relationship between [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and archival holdings. See [[UM-4.6|UM-4.6 Navigate: context menu box]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contributor is a type of user who can search, browse, create and edit descriptions. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Controlled vocabulary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A controlled vocabulary is a set of pre-defined, authorized [[#Term|terms]] grouped into [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] or entered into [[#Authority record|authority records]] and used for generating [[#Value list|value lists]] and [[#Access point|access points]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cover flow viewer ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Cover-flow.png|500px|right|thumb|Cover-flow viewer at fonds-level description]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[wikipedia:Cover flow viwer|Cover flow viewers]] show sets of [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] versions of [[#Digital object|digital objects]] and allow the user to scroll through the [[#Thumbnail|thumbnails]] using a mouse or keyboard scroll arrows. In ICA-AtoM a cover-flow viewer appears in the [[#Context menu box|context menu box]] of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] whenever there are associated lower-level descriptions that have digital objects attached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The create button, located on the [[#Button block|button block]], is used to save new [[#Entity|entities]]. Once an entity has been saved for the first time, the create button disappears and is replaced by the ''save'' button, which is used to save all subsequent changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A creator is &amp;quot;Any entity (corporate body, family or person) that created, accumulated and/or maintained records in the conduct of personal or corporate activity&amp;quot; (''ISAAR'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the creator is described in an [[#Authority record|authority record]] linked to an [[#Archival description|archival description]], usually at the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]] only. Lower levels inherit the creator from the [[#Parent record|parent record]], unless a different creator is specified. ICA-AtoM can accommodate multiple creators at all [[#Level of description|levels of description]]. See [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Archival description: Context area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data element ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data elements, or elements of description, are ICA standards-based units of information applied to [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. The elements are entered into [[#Field|fields]] in ICA-AtoM's [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Database content ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database content refers to information stored in ICA-Atom's database tables, including [[#Data element|data elements]], [[#Static page|static page]] content and [[#User profile|user profile]] information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default content ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Default content.png|500px|right|thumb|Default values for levels of description. These can be modified to suit institutional requirements.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default content is any [[#Database content|database content]] that is included by default when ICA-AtoM is installed. This includes things like the default [[#Home screen|home screen content]] and [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menu]] values that are stored in [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default source language ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default source language is the language in which all [[#User interface|user interface]] elements are displayed when ICA-AtoM is opened. The language is specified when the application is installed. Users can switch to other [[#Supported language|supported languages]] and [[#Translator|translators]] can translate [[#Database content|database content]] and [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-2.5|UM-2.5 Switch language view]]. and [[UM-5|UM-5 UM Translate content / interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Delete button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Delete button in archival description button block - second from left.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The delete button appears in the [[#Button block|button block]] that is is visible whenever the user opens an [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Clicking on the delete button will prompt a warning to appear asking whether the user really intends to delete the [[#Entity|entity]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Delete icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_delete_icon.png|500px|right|thumb|Delete icons to the right of data entry fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete icons are small buttons in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] used to delete values from [[#Multi-value field|multi-value fields]], such as those containing [[#Event|event]] dates or [[#Access point|access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Developer ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A developer is a programmer who is able to modify the underlying software code of an ICA-AtoM application. In the beta version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0), much of the customization of the application can only be done by developers. In future releases of the software, more and more features will be customizable via [[#User interface|user interface]] elements available to [[#Administrator|administrators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Digital object ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Digital objects are computer files that can be uploaded into and displayed by ICA-AtoM. They include scanned images, digital photographs, sound and moving image files and other scanned or born-digital items. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]] and [[UM-6.1.1|UM-6.1.1 Digital objects: supported formats]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Draft record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A draft record is an [[#Archival description|archival description]] that has not been published. All new and imported [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] have draft status until the user changes that status to published in the grey box at the bottom of the [[#Archival description|archival description]] [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Note that the status is inherited from the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]. Users who are not logged in cannot view draft records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Drop-down menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_drop-down_menu.png|500px|right|thumb|A drop-down menu in an edit screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[wikipedia:Drop-down list|drop-down list]] is a list of data-entry options that appears below certain [[#Field|fields]] in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]], the [[#Search box|search box]] and the [[#Browse box|browse box]]. Values are drawn from [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and default data contained in ICA-AtoM's database tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit button in archival description button block - far left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edit button appears at the bottom of [[#View screen|view screens]]; clicking the button takes the user to the [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] for that record. Note that the user can also switch between view and edit screens by clicking the [[#Title bar|title bar]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit icon.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit icon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edit icon appears in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] next to [[#Field|fields]] that derive data from a related record. The user clicks the icon to edit the text in the related record. For example, to edit the ''administrative/biographical history'' in an [[#Archival description|archival description]], the user must click the edit icon because the data resides in the [[#Creator|creator's]] [[#Authority record|authority record]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit mode allows the user to add, modify or delete the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]], [[#Term|terms]] and other [[#Database content|database content]] using [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. In edit mode, ICA-AtoM displays all [[#Field|fields]] in a record for data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit screen for an archival institution: ''identity area'' expanded]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit screens allow users to add, modify and delete the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. They are also used to carry out administrative functions such as changing [[#User profile|user profiles]] and editing [[#Static page|static pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An editor is a type of user who can search, browse, create, edit and delete [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Entity ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An entity is an object about which an information system collects data. From the user's perspective, in ICA-AtoM there are four main entities: [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity Types]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error message ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An error message will display when ICA-AtoM is unable to execute an action. See [[UM-2.4#Error screen|UM-2.4 Screen types]] for examples of types of error messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Event ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, an event registers an action by an actor (corporate body, person or family) at a particular time or over a span of time and may establish a relationship between the actor and other actors or [[#Entity|entities]]. This is accomplished through the use of start and end dates in the ''context area'' of the [[#Archival description|archival description]], which links the [[#Creator|creator]] or other actor to the records for the period of time delimited by the dates. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Add / edit archival descriptions &amp;gt; Context area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A field is a container for a [[#Data element|data element]]. Content is added to or modified in fields in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field label ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Field labels.png|500px|right|thumb|Field labels in an archival description view screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Field labels identify [[#Field|fields]] in [[#View screen|view screens]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. In ICA-AtoM 1.0 beta, field labels can only be customized by developers working directly with the code; in a future release an interface for customizing labels will be available to [[#Administrator|administrators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Filter.png|500px|right|thumb|Browsing using ''media type'' as a filter]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A filter is a tool for browsing [[#Database content|database content]] from different points of view. Selecting a filter from the [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menu]] in the [[#Browse box|browse box]] will generate a list of records organized by that filter. For example, filtering by ''media type'' will display a list of all ''media type'' [[#Term|terms]] and the number of [[#Digital object|digital objects]] in the system of each type. See [[UM-4.4|UM-4.4 Browse]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fonds ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fonds is an [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] defined as &amp;quot;The whole of the records, regardless of form or medium, organically created and/or accumulated and used by a particular person, family, or corporate body in the course of that creator's activities and functions.&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the fonds is by default the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]. This default can be changed by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.4|UM-7.3.4 Customize user interface entity labels]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Holding ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Holdings.png|500px|right|thumb|Context menu showing list of archival holdings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holdings is a generic term referring to the records and other materials held by [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]]. In ICA-AtoM a list of holdings is displayed in the [[#Context menu box|context menu box]] on [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] [[#View screen|view screens]]. The list is generated from the titles of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] that have the [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] selected as a repository (see [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Archival description: Context area, step 6, Repository]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The home page is the first screen the user sees when opening the ICA-AtoM application. It can also be accessed via the ''home'' link on the [[#System menu|system menu]] or by clicking the [[#Application logo|application logo]]. The content of the home page can be edited by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Information area ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit screen showing information areas; ''identity area'' open]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information areas appear on [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] and group related [[#Field|fields]] based on the organization of elements of description in ICA descriptive standards. Clicking on an information area toggles it between closed (all [[#Field|fields]] in that area hidden) and open (all [[#Field|fields]] visible).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Language menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Language menu.png|500px|right|thumb|Language menu with English selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language menu, located in the top-left corner of the screen, allows the user to switch to any of the [[#Supported language|supported languages]] in ICA-AtoM. The current language is always underlined. See [[UM-2.5|UM-2.5 Switch language view]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Language view ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language view refers to the language in which the [[#User interface|user interface]] elements and [[#Database content|database content]] are displayed. Users can switch between languages by using the [[#Language menu|language menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Level of description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The level of description is &amp;quot;the position of the unit of description in the hierarchy of the fonds&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the level of description is selected from a [[#Value list|value list]] in the ''identity'' area of an [[#Archival description|archival description]]. See [[UM-3.1.4|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: Identity area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List all button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|List all button in archival description button block - lower right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list all button is located in the [[#Button block|button block]] at the bottom of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. Clicking the button takes users to the [[#List screen|list screen]] for whichever type of [[#Entity|entity]] they have been editing. Note that any unsaved data you have entered will be lost when you go the [[#List screen|list screen]]; to avoid losing data, always save any changes before clicking the list all button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G List screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Archival description list screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list screen displays summary lists of [[#Entity|entities]] such as [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] which have been accessed either via the [[#Add / edit tab|add/edit tab]] or the [[#List all button|list all button]] or by using the [[#Search box|search box]] or [[#Browse box|browse box]]. Clicking on the blue text takes the user to [[#View screen|view screens]] showing full record details. There are also list screens for [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies ]] and for other entities such as [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#Static page|static pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Main menu Bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Main menu bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Main menu bar with add/edit tab and archival description sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main menu bar is the the navigational tool located near the top of all screens for logged-in users, right below the [[#Application logo|application logo]]. It allows the user to navigate to all the main areas of ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Master digital object ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The master digital object is the unaltered version of a [[#Digital object|digital object]] that has been uploaded to ICA-AtoM. ICA-AtoM automatically generates a [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and a [[#Reference display copy|reference display copy]] of the object. Only logged-in users may view master digital objects. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Media type ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media type refers to the format of uploaded [[#Digital object|digital objects]]. The media type is selected automatically by ICA-AtoM when a digital object is uploaded and the [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and [[#Reference display copy|reference display copies]] of the object are generated. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]]. Note that media type [[#Term|terms]] are controlled by the ''media type'' [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]]. ICA-AtoM ships with five [[#Term|terms]] (audio, image, text, video, other) that are locked; these cannot be edited or deleted because they are referenced by ICA-AtoM's code. [[#Editor|Editors]] and [[#Administrator|administrators]] can add new media type [[#Term|terms]], but unless developers incorporate these into the code, the system will not be able to do anything with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-repository system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A multi-repository system exists when a single instance of ICA-AtoM is used by a [[#Network|network]] of [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-value field ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Multi-value field.png|500px|right|thumb|Multi-value field showing three subject terms in an archival description.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A multi-value field is a [[#Field|field]] that is structured to contain more than one data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Name ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, names are registered in [[#Authority record|authority records]] for corporate bodies, persons and families who interact with archival materials as e.g. [[#Creator|creators]], custodians and publishers. Names can be applied as access points to archival descriptions. See [[UM-3.1.4#Access_points|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Network ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A network is an aggregation of institutions using one instance of ICA-AtoM to produce a union list of archival holdings (a [[#Multi-repository system|multi-repository system]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Page title ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Screen title.png|500px|right|thumb|Screen title indicating a list screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The screen title indicates what kind of screen a user is viewing. For example, it indicates whether [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] or [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] are being displayed in a [[#View screen|view screen]], [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] or [[#List screen|list screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Parent record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parent record refers to the description of the [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] that is one [[#Level of description|level of description]] higher than the current unit. For example, the parent record of a sub-series is the series to which it belongs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Password ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Passwords are required by every user of the system who needs to be able to create, edit or delete content. The initial passwords are set by the [[#Administrator|system administrator]] (see [[UM-7.2.1|UM-7.2.1 Add a new user]]) and can subsequently be changed by the user (see [[UM-7.2.2|UM-7.2.2 Change your password]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Place ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, a place is a geographic location registered in a [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]] and used as an [[#Access point|access point]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Physical storage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Physical storage is a grouping of [[#Field|fields]] relating to the management of physical objects such as folders, boxes, shelves and cabinets. In ICA-AtoM, users can create and edit information about physical objects in the physical storage [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] accessible through the physical storage [[#Information area|information area]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], and link the objects to the [[#Archival unit|archival units]] they contain. See [[UM-3.1.12|UM3.1.12 Archival description: Physical storage]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Published record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A published record is an [[#Archival description|archival description]] that has had its status changed from draft to published in the grey box at the bottom of the [[#Archival description|archival description]] [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Note that the status is inherited from the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]; for example, when a [[#Fonds|fonds]] description is changed from draft to published, all [[#Child record|child levels]] within the fonds are automatically changed as well. Once [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] have been published, users who are not logged in can view them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference display copy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reference display copy is a low-resolution version of a [[#Master digital object|master digital object]] generated automatically by ICA-AtoM on upload. It is used to display images on the [[#Digital object|digital object]] [[#View screen|view screen]] when the user clicks on a [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and in the ''digital object'' area of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. See [[UM-6.1| UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Researcher ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A researcher is a type of user who is limited to searching and browsing descriptions. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Search box.png|500px|right|thumb|Search box showing &amp;quot;city&amp;quot; entered as a search query]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search box is used to find descriptions in ICA-AtoM that contain text matching a search query. The search box is located on the right hand side of all ICA-AtoM screens, including the [[#Home page|home page]]. See [[UM-4|UM-4 Access content]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search/browse box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[#Search box|search box]] and [[#Browse box|browse box]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search results screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Search results screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Search results screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search results screen lists descriptions retrieved through queries entered into the [[#Search box|search box]]. The screen re-states the search query, counts the results, and lists summary results. Clicking on the blue text in the summary results takes the user to the full record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Settings is a broad term used to describe the properties that affect the way a program looks and functions. In ICA-AtoM, certain settings can be changed by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] in order to customize ICA-AtoM to institution-specific requirements. See [[UM-7.3|UM-7.3 Customize Settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_Site_description.png|500px|right|thumb|Site description. Note use of Columbia theme (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]])]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site description appears at the top of the screen directly under the [[#Site title|site title]]. It is a configurable element - the text can be changed or removed (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site title ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_Site_title.png|500px|right|thumb|Site title. Note use of Columbia theme (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]])]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site title appears at the top of the screen next to the [[#Application logo|application logo]] and over the [[#Site description|site description]]. It is a configurable element - the text can be changed or removed (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Static page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Static pages are pages that are designed to look the same each time they are accessed, in contrast to dynamic pages such as [[#Search results screen|search results screens]], [[#View screen|view screens]] or [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. ICA-AtoM has two static pages, the [[#Home page|home page]] and the [[#About page|about page]]. Static pages can be edited by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Subject ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, subjects are [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] grouped in a [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]] and used as [[#Access point|access points]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]]. See [[UM-3.1.4#Access_points|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Supported language ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, a supported language is one into which both [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#User interface |user interface]] elements can be translated. In ICA-AtoM version 1.0 beta, the supported languages are Arabic, Dutch, English, Farsi, French, German, Greek, Icelandic, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish and Slovenian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== System menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G System menu.png|500px|right|thumb|System menu (user not logged in) in upper right-hand corner of the screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system menu, located in the upper right hand corner of the screen, contains basic navigational links. These allow the user to go to the [[#Home page|home page]] and [[#About page|about page]], user documentation (help screens) and the log in screen. Logged-in users can also use it to navigate to their [[#User profile|user profiles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Taxonomy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A taxonomy is a grouping of [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] used to generate [[#Value list|value lists]] and [[#Access point|access points]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are the values that make up [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabularies]]. In ICA-AtoM, terms are grouped into [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] that can be created, modified and deleted through the ''term'' sub-tab of the [[#Add / edit tab|add/edit tab]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Thumbnail ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thumbnail is a small, low-resolution version of a [[#Master digital object|master digital object]] generated automatically by ICA-AtoM on upload. Thumbnails are displayed on [[#View screen|view screens]], in the ''digital object'' [[#Information area|information area]] of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]], and in [[#Cover-flow viewer|cover-flow]] views at higher levels of description. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Title bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Title bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Title bar in view authority record screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The title bar appears at the top of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]]. Clicking on the title bar allows the user to switch back and forth between the [[#View screen|view screen]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] for that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translate tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Translate tab with user interface sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translate tab allows users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] to translate [[#User interface|user interface]] elements, [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#Default content|default content]]. See [[UM-5|UM-5 Translate content / interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translation bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Translation bar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation bar appears at the bottom of the screen when users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] select a language from the [[#Language menu|language menu]]. Clicking on ''translate user interface'' in the bottom right-hand corner of the bar opens up the [[#Translation panel|translation panel]], where the user translates [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate user interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translation panel.png|500px|right|thumb|Translation panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation panel is used by [[#Translator|translators]] to edit [[#User interface|user interface]] elements and is accessed via the [[#Translation bar|translation bar]]. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator is a type of user who can translate [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User account ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User accounts are established in order to manage [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] through the assignment of [[#User role|user roles]]. Every user who must be able to create, modify, delete or translate content must have a user account. In ICA-AtoM user accounts are established and maintained by [[#Administrator|administrators]]. See [[UM-7.2|UM-7.2 Set up and manage user accounts]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User interface ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface is the set of elements that allow the user to interact with the ICA-AtoM application. These elements include the [[#Main menu bar|main menu bar]], [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]], [[#Context menu box|context menu boxes]], [[#Title bar|title bars]], [[#Column header|column headers]], buttons, [[#Field|fields]] and [[#Field label|field labels]] and any other elements used to navigate ICA-AtoM or to search for, view, add, modify and delete [[#Database content|database content]]. The labels of some user interface elements can be customized by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.5|UM 7.3.5 Customize user interface entity labels]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User interface translation page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface translation screen is a list of links to pages that contain all the [[#User interface|user interface]] elements that require translation. The screen is accessible only to those users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] and is opened by clicking on the ''translate interface'' sub-tab of the [[#Translate tab|translate tab]]. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Username ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The username is a name supplied by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] to any user (other than a [[#Researcher|researcher]]) of the ICA-AtoM application as part of the [[#User account|user account]]. See [[UM-7.2.1|UM-7.2.1 Add a new user]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user profile is information about a user managed in a [[#User account|user account]]. User profiles are created and maintained by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.2|7.2.3 Edit user profile]]), although logged-in users can view their own profiles (and change their [[#Password|passwords]]) by going through the [[#System menu|system menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User role ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User roles define levels of access to functions in ICA-AtoM, ranging from view-only access to full administration rights. User roles are defined by groups that an [[#Administrator|administrator]] can add and edit. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]] and [[UM-7.2#Add_and_edit_groups|UM-7.2 Set up and manage user accounts: Add and edit groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Value list ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Value list.png|500px|right|thumb|Value list derived from ''note types'' taxonomy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value lists restrict data entry in certain [[#Field|fields]] to [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] or terms derived from [[#Authority record|authority records]]. They appear as [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]] in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View mode provides read-only access to the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] using [[#View screen|view screens]]. In view mode, ICA-AtoM displays only those [[#Field|fields]] in a record which contain data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G View screen.png|500px|right|thumb|View screen for an authority record]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View screens allow users to view in detail the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Gloss%C3%A1rio&amp;diff=8545</id>
		<title>Glossário</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Gloss%C3%A1rio&amp;diff=8545"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T15:01:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Created page with 'Nesta página estão algumas definições de termos usados frequentemente no sistema e no manual do ICA-AtoM   == About page ==  The about page provides general information on IC...'&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nesta página estão algumas definições de termos usados frequentemente no sistema e no manual do ICA-AtoM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== About page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The about page provides general information on ICA-AtoM. It can be reached via the [[#System menu|system menu]] in the top right-hand corner of your screen. The content of the about page can be edited by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Access point ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An access point is &amp;quot;A name, term, keyword, phrase or code that may be used to search, identify and locate an archival description.&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM access points are derived from [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] created and customized by users. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Access privilege ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access privileges control the ways a user is able to interact with ICA-AtoM. For example, some users are able to add and edit content while others may only be able to search and browse content. Access privileges are based on defined [[#User role|user roles]] (see [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Add/edit tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Add edit tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Add/Edit tab with archival description sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The add/edit tab allows authorized users to create, modify and delete content. Only logged-in users can see the add/edit tab, which contains four sub-tabs: [[#Archival description|archival description]], [[#Authority record|authority record]], [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] and [[#Term|term]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Add new button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Add new button in archival description button block - lower left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The add new button is located in the [[#Button block|button block]] of the [[#View screen|view screen]] and allows users to add new records ([[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]) to ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Admin tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Admin tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Admin tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The admin tab allows users with [[#Administrator|administrator]] access to customize ICA-AtoM to meet institution-specific requirements and to manage [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#User profile|user profiles]] (see [[UM-7|UM-7 Administer ICA-AtoM]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Administrator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Administrator is a type of user who has [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] to do the following: install or uninstall ICA-AtoM; create, read, update or delete any record; customize ICA-AtoM to institution-specific requirements; and manage [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#User profile|user profiles]] (see [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]] and [[UM-7|UM-7 Administer ICA-AtoM]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Application logo ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Application logo.png|500px|right|thumb|Application logo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The application logo is the graphic that appears at the top of all screens in ICA-AtoM. Clicking on the logo will take the user to the application's [[#Home page|home page]]. ICA-AtoM ships with a default logo that can be replaced by [[#Administrator|administrators]] to theme the application to their own institution or [[#Network|network]] if desired. See [[UM-7.3.5|UM-7.3.5 Change logo]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Archival description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An archival description is a body of information about an archival record or records. The descriptions provide contextual information about the archival materials and are arranged into hierarchical levels ([[#Fonds|fonds]], series, files, items, and variations of these in accordance with institutional standards). In ICA-AtoM the [[#Data element|data elements]] used for describing archival records are derived from the ICA's ''General International Standard Archival Description (ISAD-G)''. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.1|UM-3.1 Add / edit archival descriptions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Archival institution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An archival institution is &amp;quot;An organization which keeps and preserves archival material and makes it accessible to the public&amp;quot; (''ISDIAH'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM the [[#Data element|data elements]] used to describe such institutions are based on the ICA's ''International Standard for Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings (ISDIAH)''. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.3|UM-3.3 Add / edit archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Archival unit ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Archival unit is a generic term for an aggregation of archival materials. A unit can be a [[#Fonds|fonds]], series, file, item or variation thereof, depending on institutional standards. A unit may be divided into sub-units for the purposes of description: for example, a [[#Fonds|fonds]] may contain several series, each of which may contain several files, and so forth. The smallest (and therefore indivisible) unit is the item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Authority record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, authority records are collections of information about actors - corporate bodies, persons or families - who interact with archival materials, typically as [[#Creator|creators]]. The [[#Data element|data elements]] used to describe authority records are based on the ICA's ''International Standard Archival Authority Record for Corporate Bodies, Persons and Families (ISAAR(CPF))''. ''ISAAR'' Defines authority record as &amp;quot;The authorized form of name combined with othr information elements that identify and describe the named entity and may also point to other related authority records.&amp;quot; See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.2|UM-3.2 Add / edit authority records]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Browse box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Browse box.png|500px|right|thumb|Browse box]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Browsing allows a user to see all records that have a certain type of [[#Access point|access point]] (such as [[#Subject|subject]], [[#Name|name]] or [[#Place|place]]) or other type of [[#Filter|filter]], such as [[#Media type|media type]] or type of [[#Entity|entity]]. The browse box is located on the right hand side of all ICA-AtoM screens, including the [[#Home page|home page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Button block ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Button block - archival description view screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button block allows authorized users to add or delete content and to save or reject changes made in the [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. It appears at the bottom of the screen and is designed to float (i.e. remain at the bottom of the screen when the user scrolls up or down in the browser window).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Child record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The child record refers to the description of the [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] that is one [[#Level of description|level of description]] lower than the current unit. For example, if a series belongs to a fonds the series is the child record of the fonds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Collection ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ISAD(G), a collection is &amp;quot;[a]n artificial assemblage of documents accumulated on the basis of some common characteristic without regard to the provenance of those documents. Not to be confused with an archival fonds.&amp;quot; In Rules for Archival Description, it is &amp;quot;[a] grouping of documents of any provenance intentionally assembled on the basis of some common characteristic.&amp;quot; In Dublin Core, a collection is &amp;quot;[a]n aggregation of resources. A collection is described as a group; its parts may also be separately described.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Column header ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Column header.png|500px|right|thumb|Column headers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Column headers appear at the top of the lists on [[#List screen|list screens]] and give the name of the [[#Field|field]] for whatever is being listed below. Clicking on the [[#Field|field]] names in the column headers will sort the list alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Context menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The context menu box appears on all [[#View screen|view]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] to show the current record's relationships to other records, with links. For example, they show the hierarchical placement of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] within a [[#Fonds|fonds]] and the relationship between [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and archival holdings. See [[UM-4.6|UM-4.6 Navigate: context menu box]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A contributor is a type of user who can search, browse, create and edit descriptions. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Controlled vocabulary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A controlled vocabulary is a set of pre-defined, authorized [[#Term|terms]] grouped into [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] or entered into [[#Authority record|authority records]] and used for generating [[#Value list|value lists]] and [[#Access point|access points]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cover flow viewer ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Cover-flow.png|500px|right|thumb|Cover-flow viewer at fonds-level description]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[wikipedia:Cover flow viwer|Cover flow viewers]] show sets of [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] versions of [[#Digital object|digital objects]] and allow the user to scroll through the [[#Thumbnail|thumbnails]] using a mouse or keyboard scroll arrows. In ICA-AtoM a cover-flow viewer appears in the [[#Context menu box|context menu box]] of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] whenever there are associated lower-level descriptions that have digital objects attached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The create button, located on the [[#Button block|button block]], is used to save new [[#Entity|entities]]. Once an entity has been saved for the first time, the create button disappears and is replaced by the ''save'' button, which is used to save all subsequent changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A creator is &amp;quot;Any entity (corporate body, family or person) that created, accumulated and/or maintained records in the conduct of personal or corporate activity&amp;quot; (''ISAAR'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the creator is described in an [[#Authority record|authority record]] linked to an [[#Archival description|archival description]], usually at the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]] only. Lower levels inherit the creator from the [[#Parent record|parent record]], unless a different creator is specified. ICA-AtoM can accommodate multiple creators at all [[#Level of description|levels of description]]. See [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Archival description: Context area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data element ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data elements, or elements of description, are ICA standards-based units of information applied to [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. The elements are entered into [[#Field|fields]] in ICA-AtoM's [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Database content ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database content refers to information stored in ICA-Atom's database tables, including [[#Data element|data elements]], [[#Static page|static page]] content and [[#User profile|user profile]] information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default content ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Default content.png|500px|right|thumb|Default values for levels of description. These can be modified to suit institutional requirements.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default content is any [[#Database content|database content]] that is included by default when ICA-AtoM is installed. This includes things like the default [[#Home screen|home screen content]] and [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menu]] values that are stored in [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default source language ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default source language is the language in which all [[#User interface|user interface]] elements are displayed when ICA-AtoM is opened. The language is specified when the application is installed. Users can switch to other [[#Supported language|supported languages]] and [[#Translator|translators]] can translate [[#Database content|database content]] and [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-2.5|UM-2.5 Switch language view]]. and [[UM-5|UM-5 UM Translate content / interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Delete button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Delete button in archival description button block - second from left.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The delete button appears in the [[#Button block|button block]] that is is visible whenever the user opens an [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Clicking on the delete button will prompt a warning to appear asking whether the user really intends to delete the [[#Entity|entity]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Delete icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_delete_icon.png|500px|right|thumb|Delete icons to the right of data entry fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete icons are small buttons in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] used to delete values from [[#Multi-value field|multi-value fields]], such as those containing [[#Event|event]] dates or [[#Access point|access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Developer ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A developer is a programmer who is able to modify the underlying software code of an ICA-AtoM application. In the beta version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0), much of the customization of the application can only be done by developers. In future releases of the software, more and more features will be customizable via [[#User interface|user interface]] elements available to [[#Administrator|administrators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Digital object ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Digital objects are computer files that can be uploaded into and displayed by ICA-AtoM. They include scanned images, digital photographs, sound and moving image files and other scanned or born-digital items. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]] and [[UM-6.1.1|UM-6.1.1 Digital objects: supported formats]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Draft record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A draft record is an [[#Archival description|archival description]] that has not been published. All new and imported [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] have draft status until the user changes that status to published in the grey box at the bottom of the [[#Archival description|archival description]] [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Note that the status is inherited from the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]. Users who are not logged in cannot view draft records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Drop-down menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_drop-down_menu.png|500px|right|thumb|A drop-down menu in an edit screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[wikipedia:Drop-down list|drop-down list]] is a list of data-entry options that appears below certain [[#Field|fields]] in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]], the [[#Search box|search box]] and the [[#Browse box|browse box]]. Values are drawn from [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and default data contained in ICA-AtoM's database tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit button in archival description button block - far left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edit button appears at the bottom of [[#View screen|view screens]]; clicking the button takes the user to the [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] for that record. Note that the user can also switch between view and edit screens by clicking the [[#Title bar|title bar]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit icon.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit icon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edit icon appears in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] next to [[#Field|fields]] that derive data from a related record. The user clicks the icon to edit the text in the related record. For example, to edit the ''administrative/biographical history'' in an [[#Archival description|archival description]], the user must click the edit icon because the data resides in the [[#Creator|creator's]] [[#Authority record|authority record]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit mode allows the user to add, modify or delete the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]], [[#Term|terms]] and other [[#Database content|database content]] using [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. In edit mode, ICA-AtoM displays all [[#Field|fields]] in a record for data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit screen for an archival institution: ''identity area'' expanded]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit screens allow users to add, modify and delete the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. They are also used to carry out administrative functions such as changing [[#User profile|user profiles]] and editing [[#Static page|static pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An editor is a type of user who can search, browse, create, edit and delete [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Entity ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An entity is an object about which an information system collects data. From the user's perspective, in ICA-AtoM there are four main entities: [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]], [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] and [[#Term|terms]]. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity Types]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error message ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An error message will display when ICA-AtoM is unable to execute an action. See [[UM-2.4#Error screen|UM-2.4 Screen types]] for examples of types of error messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Event ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, an event registers an action by an actor (corporate body, person or family) at a particular time or over a span of time and may establish a relationship between the actor and other actors or [[#Entity|entities]]. This is accomplished through the use of start and end dates in the ''context area'' of the [[#Archival description|archival description]], which links the [[#Creator|creator]] or other actor to the records for the period of time delimited by the dates. See [[UM-1.3|UM-1.3 Entity types]] and [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Add / edit archival descriptions &amp;gt; Context area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A field is a container for a [[#Data element|data element]]. Content is added to or modified in fields in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field label ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Field labels.png|500px|right|thumb|Field labels in an archival description view screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Field labels identify [[#Field|fields]] in [[#View screen|view screens]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. In ICA-AtoM 1.0 beta, field labels can only be customized by developers working directly with the code; in a future release an interface for customizing labels will be available to [[#Administrator|administrators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Filter.png|500px|right|thumb|Browsing using ''media type'' as a filter]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A filter is a tool for browsing [[#Database content|database content]] from different points of view. Selecting a filter from the [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menu]] in the [[#Browse box|browse box]] will generate a list of records organized by that filter. For example, filtering by ''media type'' will display a list of all ''media type'' [[#Term|terms]] and the number of [[#Digital object|digital objects]] in the system of each type. See [[UM-4.4|UM-4.4 Browse]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fonds ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fonds is an [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] defined as &amp;quot;The whole of the records, regardless of form or medium, organically created and/or accumulated and used by a particular person, family, or corporate body in the course of that creator's activities and functions.&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the fonds is by default the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]. This default can be changed by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.4|UM-7.3.4 Customize user interface entity labels]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Holding ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Holdings.png|500px|right|thumb|Context menu showing list of archival holdings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holdings is a generic term referring to the records and other materials held by [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]]. In ICA-AtoM a list of holdings is displayed in the [[#Context menu box|context menu box]] on [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] [[#View screen|view screens]]. The list is generated from the titles of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] that have the [[#Archival institution|archival institution]] selected as a repository (see [[UM-3.1.5|UM-3.1.5 Archival description: Context area, step 6, Repository]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The home page is the first screen the user sees when opening the ICA-AtoM application. It can also be accessed via the ''home'' link on the [[#System menu|system menu]] or by clicking the [[#Application logo|application logo]]. The content of the home page can be edited by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Information area ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Edit screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Edit screen showing information areas; ''identity area'' open]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information areas appear on [[#Edit screen|edit screens]] and group related [[#Field|fields]] based on the organization of elements of description in ICA descriptive standards. Clicking on an information area toggles it between closed (all [[#Field|fields]] in that area hidden) and open (all [[#Field|fields]] visible).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Language menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Language menu.png|500px|right|thumb|Language menu with English selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language menu, located in the top-left corner of the screen, allows the user to switch to any of the [[#Supported language|supported languages]] in ICA-AtoM. The current language is always underlined. See [[UM-2.5|UM-2.5 Switch language view]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Language view ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language view refers to the language in which the [[#User interface|user interface]] elements and [[#Database content|database content]] are displayed. Users can switch between languages by using the [[#Language menu|language menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Level of description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The level of description is &amp;quot;the position of the unit of description in the hierarchy of the fonds&amp;quot; (''ISAD(G)'' glossary). In ICA-AtoM, the level of description is selected from a [[#Value list|value list]] in the ''identity'' area of an [[#Archival description|archival description]]. See [[UM-3.1.4|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: Identity area]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List all button ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:button_block_archdesc.png|500px|right|thumb|List all button in archival description button block - lower right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list all button is located in the [[#Button block|button block]] at the bottom of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. Clicking the button takes users to the [[#List screen|list screen]] for whichever type of [[#Entity|entity]] they have been editing. Note that any unsaved data you have entered will be lost when you go the [[#List screen|list screen]]; to avoid losing data, always save any changes before clicking the list all button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G List screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Archival description list screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list screen displays summary lists of [[#Entity|entities]] such as [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] which have been accessed either via the [[#Add / edit tab|add/edit tab]] or the [[#List all button|list all button]] or by using the [[#Search box|search box]] or [[#Browse box|browse box]]. Clicking on the blue text takes the user to [[#View screen|view screens]] showing full record details. There are also list screens for [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies ]] and for other entities such as [[#User account|user accounts]] and [[#Static page|static pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Main menu Bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Main menu bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Main menu bar with add/edit tab and archival description sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main menu bar is the the navigational tool located near the top of all screens for logged-in users, right below the [[#Application logo|application logo]]. It allows the user to navigate to all the main areas of ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Master digital object ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The master digital object is the unaltered version of a [[#Digital object|digital object]] that has been uploaded to ICA-AtoM. ICA-AtoM automatically generates a [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and a [[#Reference display copy|reference display copy]] of the object. Only logged-in users may view master digital objects. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Media type ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media type refers to the format of uploaded [[#Digital object|digital objects]]. The media type is selected automatically by ICA-AtoM when a digital object is uploaded and the [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and [[#Reference display copy|reference display copies]] of the object are generated. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]]. Note that media type [[#Term|terms]] are controlled by the ''media type'' [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]]. ICA-AtoM ships with five [[#Term|terms]] (audio, image, text, video, other) that are locked; these cannot be edited or deleted because they are referenced by ICA-AtoM's code. [[#Editor|Editors]] and [[#Administrator|administrators]] can add new media type [[#Term|terms]], but unless developers incorporate these into the code, the system will not be able to do anything with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-repository system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A multi-repository system exists when a single instance of ICA-AtoM is used by a [[#Network|network]] of [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-value field ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Multi-value field.png|500px|right|thumb|Multi-value field showing three subject terms in an archival description.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A multi-value field is a [[#Field|field]] that is structured to contain more than one data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Name ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, names are registered in [[#Authority record|authority records]] for corporate bodies, persons and families who interact with archival materials as e.g. [[#Creator|creators]], custodians and publishers. Names can be applied as access points to archival descriptions. See [[UM-3.1.4#Access_points|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Network ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A network is an aggregation of institutions using one instance of ICA-AtoM to produce a union list of archival holdings (a [[#Multi-repository system|multi-repository system]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Page title ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Screen title.png|500px|right|thumb|Screen title indicating a list screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The screen title indicates what kind of screen a user is viewing. For example, it indicates whether [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] or [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] are being displayed in a [[#View screen|view screen]], [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] or [[#List screen|list screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Parent record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parent record refers to the description of the [[#Archival unit|archival unit]] that is one [[#Level of description|level of description]] higher than the current unit. For example, the parent record of a sub-series is the series to which it belongs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Password ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Passwords are required by every user of the system who needs to be able to create, edit or delete content. The initial passwords are set by the [[#Administrator|system administrator]] (see [[UM-7.2.1|UM-7.2.1 Add a new user]]) and can subsequently be changed by the user (see [[UM-7.2.2|UM-7.2.2 Change your password]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Place ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, a place is a geographic location registered in a [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]] and used as an [[#Access point|access point]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Physical storage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Physical storage is a grouping of [[#Field|fields]] relating to the management of physical objects such as folders, boxes, shelves and cabinets. In ICA-AtoM, users can create and edit information about physical objects in the physical storage [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] accessible through the physical storage [[#Information area|information area]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]], and link the objects to the [[#Archival unit|archival units]] they contain. See [[UM-3.1.12|UM3.1.12 Archival description: Physical storage]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Published record ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A published record is an [[#Archival description|archival description]] that has had its status changed from draft to published in the grey box at the bottom of the [[#Archival description|archival description]] [[#Edit screen|edit screen]]. Note that the status is inherited from the highest [[#Level of description|level of description]]; for example, when a [[#Fonds|fonds]] description is changed from draft to published, all [[#Child record|child levels]] within the fonds are automatically changed as well. Once [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]] have been published, users who are not logged in can view them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference display copy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reference display copy is a low-resolution version of a [[#Master digital object|master digital object]] generated automatically by ICA-AtoM on upload. It is used to display images on the [[#Digital object|digital object]] [[#View screen|view screen]] when the user clicks on a [[#Thumbnail|thumbnail]] and in the ''digital object'' area of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. See [[UM-6.1| UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Researcher ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A researcher is a type of user who is limited to searching and browsing descriptions. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Search box.png|500px|right|thumb|Search box showing &amp;quot;city&amp;quot; entered as a search query]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search box is used to find descriptions in ICA-AtoM that contain text matching a search query. The search box is located on the right hand side of all ICA-AtoM screens, including the [[#Home page|home page]]. See [[UM-4|UM-4 Access content]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search/browse box ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[#Search box|search box]] and [[#Browse box|browse box]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search results screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Search results screen.png|500px|right|thumb|Search results screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search results screen lists descriptions retrieved through queries entered into the [[#Search box|search box]]. The screen re-states the search query, counts the results, and lists summary results. Clicking on the blue text in the summary results takes the user to the full record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Settings is a broad term used to describe the properties that affect the way a program looks and functions. In ICA-AtoM, certain settings can be changed by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] in order to customize ICA-AtoM to institution-specific requirements. See [[UM-7.3|UM-7.3 Customize Settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_Site_description.png|500px|right|thumb|Site description. Note use of Columbia theme (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]])]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site description appears at the top of the screen directly under the [[#Site title|site title]]. It is a configurable element - the text can be changed or removed (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site title ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G_Site_title.png|500px|right|thumb|Site title. Note use of Columbia theme (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]])]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site title appears at the top of the screen next to the [[#Application logo|application logo]] and over the [[#Site description|site description]]. It is a configurable element - the text can be changed or removed (see [[UM-7.5|UM-7.5 Change and configure themes]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Static page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Static pages are pages that are designed to look the same each time they are accessed, in contrast to dynamic pages such as [[#Search results screen|search results screens]], [[#View screen|view screens]] or [[#Edit screen|edit screens]]. ICA-AtoM has two static pages, the [[#Home page|home page]] and the [[#About page|about page]]. Static pages can be edited by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] (see [[UM-7.3.1|UM-7.3.1 Customize the home and about pages]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Subject ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, subjects are [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] grouped in a [[#Taxonomy|taxonomy]] and used as [[#Access point|access points]] in [[#Archival description|archival descriptions]]. See [[UM-3.1.4#Access_points|UM-3.1.4 Archival description: access points]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Supported language ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICA-AtoM, a supported language is one into which both [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#User interface |user interface]] elements can be translated. In ICA-AtoM version 1.0 beta, the supported languages are Arabic, Dutch, English, Farsi, French, German, Greek, Icelandic, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish and Slovenian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== System menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G System menu.png|500px|right|thumb|System menu (user not logged in) in upper right-hand corner of the screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system menu, located in the upper right hand corner of the screen, contains basic navigational links. These allow the user to go to the [[#Home page|home page]] and [[#About page|about page]], user documentation (help screens) and the log in screen. Logged-in users can also use it to navigate to their [[#User profile|user profiles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Taxonomy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A taxonomy is a grouping of [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled-vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] used to generate [[#Value list|value lists]] and [[#Access point|access points]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are the values that make up [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabularies]]. In ICA-AtoM, terms are grouped into [[#Taxonomy|taxonomies]] that can be created, modified and deleted through the ''term'' sub-tab of the [[#Add / edit tab|add/edit tab]]. See [[UM-3.5|UM-3.5 Edit Taxonomies (terms)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Thumbnail ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thumbnail is a small, low-resolution version of a [[#Master digital object|master digital object]] generated automatically by ICA-AtoM on upload. Thumbnails are displayed on [[#View screen|view screens]], in the ''digital object'' [[#Information area|information area]] of [[#Edit screen|edit screens]], and in [[#Cover-flow viewer|cover-flow]] views at higher levels of description. See [[UM-6.1|UM-6.1 Upload digital objects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Title bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Title bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Title bar in view authority record screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The title bar appears at the top of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]]. Clicking on the title bar allows the user to switch back and forth between the [[#View screen|view screen]] and [[#Edit screen|edit screen]] for that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translate tab.png|500px|right|thumb|Translate tab with user interface sub-tab selected]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translate tab allows users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] to translate [[#User interface|user interface]] elements, [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#Default content|default content]]. See [[UM-5|UM-5 Translate content / interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translation bar.png|500px|right|thumb|Translation bar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation bar appears at the bottom of the screen when users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] select a language from the [[#Language menu|language menu]]. Clicking on ''translate user interface'' in the bottom right-hand corner of the bar opens up the [[#Translation panel|translation panel]], where the user translates [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate user interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Translation panel.png|500px|right|thumb|Translation panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation panel is used by [[#Translator|translators]] to edit [[#User interface|user interface]] elements and is accessed via the [[#Translation bar|translation bar]]. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator is a type of user who can translate [[#Data element|data elements]] and [[#User interface|user interface]] elements. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User account ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User accounts are established in order to manage [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] through the assignment of [[#User role|user roles]]. Every user who must be able to create, modify, delete or translate content must have a user account. In ICA-AtoM user accounts are established and maintained by [[#Administrator|administrators]]. See [[UM-7.2|UM-7.2 Set up and manage user accounts]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User interface ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface is the set of elements that allow the user to interact with the ICA-AtoM application. These elements include the [[#Main menu bar|main menu bar]], [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]], [[#Context menu box|context menu boxes]], [[#Title bar|title bars]], [[#Column header|column headers]], buttons, [[#Field|fields]] and [[#Field label|field labels]] and any other elements used to navigate ICA-AtoM or to search for, view, add, modify and delete [[#Database content|database content]]. The labels of some user interface elements can be customized by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.3.5|UM 7.3.5 Customize user interface entity labels]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User interface translation page ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface translation screen is a list of links to pages that contain all the [[#User interface|user interface]] elements that require translation. The screen is accessible only to those users with [[#Translator|translator]] [[#Access privilege|access privileges]] and is opened by clicking on the ''translate interface'' sub-tab of the [[#Translate tab|translate tab]]. See [[UM-5.5|UM-5.5 Translate interface]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Username ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The username is a name supplied by an [[#Administrator|administrator]] to any user (other than a [[#Researcher|researcher]]) of the ICA-AtoM application as part of the [[#User account|user account]]. See [[UM-7.2.1|UM-7.2.1 Add a new user]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user profile is information about a user managed in a [[#User account|user account]]. User profiles are created and maintained by [[#Administrator|administrators]] (see [[UM-7.2|7.2.3 Edit user profile]]), although logged-in users can view their own profiles (and change their [[#Password|passwords]]) by going through the [[#System menu|system menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User role ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User roles define levels of access to functions in ICA-AtoM, ranging from view-only access to full administration rights. User roles are defined by groups that an [[#Administrator|administrator]] can add and edit. See [[UM-2.3|UM-2.3 User roles]] and [[UM-7.2#Add_and_edit_groups|UM-7.2 Set up and manage user accounts: Add and edit groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Value list ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G Value list.png|500px|right|thumb|Value list derived from ''note types'' taxonomy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value lists restrict data entry in certain [[#Field|fields]] to [[#Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabulary]] [[#Term|terms]] or terms derived from [[#Authority record|authority records]]. They appear as [[#Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]] in [[#Edit screen|edit screens]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View mode provides read-only access to the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]] using [[#View screen|view screens]]. In view mode, ICA-AtoM displays only those [[#Field|fields]] in a record which contain data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:G View screen.png|500px|right|thumb|View screen for an authority record]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View screens allow users to view in detail the contents of [[#Archival description|archival descriptions,]] [[#Authority record|authority records]] and [[#Archival institution|archival institutions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:User manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Hist%C3%B3rico_de_lan%C3%A7amento&amp;diff=8544</id>
		<title>Histórico de lançamento</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Hist%C3%B3rico_de_lan%C3%A7amento&amp;diff=8544"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T14:58:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Página Principal]] &amp;gt; Histórico de lançamento&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aqui estão listadas as versões lançadas com detalhes e os erros corrgidos em cada uma das versões do ICA-AtoM,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.1]] (Abril 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.8-beta]] (2 Novembro 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.7-beta]] (1 Junho 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.6-beta]] (27 Abril 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.5-beta]] (11 Março 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.4-beta]] (17 Novembro 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.3-beta]] (9 Outubro 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.2-beta]] (8 Agosto 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.1-beta]] (22 Julho 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0-beta]] (1 julho 2008)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Hist%C3%B3rico_de_lan%C3%A7amento&amp;diff=8543</id>
		<title>Histórico de lançamento</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Hist%C3%B3rico_de_lan%C3%A7amento&amp;diff=8543"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T14:56:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Created page with 'Página Principal &amp;gt; Histórico de lançamento   Aqui estão listadas as versões lançadas com detalhes e os erros corrgidos em cada uma das versões do ICA-AtoM,  * [[Releas...'&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Página Principal]] &amp;gt; Histórico de lançamento&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aqui estão listadas as versões lançadas com detalhes e os erros corrgidos em cada uma das versões do ICA-AtoM,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.1]] (April 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.8-beta]] (November 2, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.7-beta]] (June 1, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.6-beta]] (April 27, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.5-beta]] (March 11, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.4-beta]] (November 17, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.3-beta]] (October 9, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.2-beta]] (August 8, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0.1-beta]] (July 22, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Release 1.0-beta]] (July 1, 2008)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Main_Page/pt&amp;diff=8542</id>
		<title>Main Page/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Main_Page/pt&amp;diff=8542"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T14:52:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{|style=&amp;quot;width:95%; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 500px; border: 1px solid rgb(255, 201, 201); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(255, 243, 243)&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[User manual/pt | Manual do usuário]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Guia do usuário para criar, editar, acessar, importar, exportar, e traduzir o conteúdo no ICA-AtoM; inclui a gestão do sistema&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Histórico de lançamento]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Cronologia das novas funcionalidades, alterações e correções, para cada lançamento no ICA-AtoM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[MemoryBC-tutorial|Tutorial]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Um tutorial criado pela Archives Association of British Columbia, que podem ser livremente modificados e reutilizados&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Origem dos requisitos]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* As normas do ICA a partir das quais o software foi desenhado&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Glossário]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Definições e explicações de termos utilizados em toda a documentação; os termos que são definidos no glossário estão hiperlinkados na documentação&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 500px; border: 1px solid rgb(198, 201, 255); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(240, 240, 255)&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[ICA-AtoM virtual appliance|Download virtual appliance]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Run ICA-AtoM as a virtual appliance on any operating system. Great option if you want to try ICA-AtoM on your personal computer but are having trouble installing the web server or database server that a web-based application like ICA-AtoM requires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Baixar CD Demo]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Baixar e gravar o seu próprio ICA-AtoM CD demo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Versão Beta]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Link para as instituições que estão testando a versão beta do software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Traduzindo aplicativo ICA-AtoM]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Página para participantes do projeto ICA-AtoM  que estão traduzindo a interface do usuário e dados padrões&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Traduzir este wiki]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Página para participantes do projeto ICA-AtoM  que estão traduzindo a documentação neste wiki&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Perguntas? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Por favor, públique suas dúvidas na página [http://groups.google.ca/group/ica-atom-users ICA-AtoM discussion group]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Origem_dos_requisitos&amp;diff=8541</id>
		<title>Origem dos requisitos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Origem_dos_requisitos&amp;diff=8541"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T14:50:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Created page with '[http://www.portalan.arquivonacional.gov.br/Media/ISADG.pdf[ISAD(G)]] Norma Geral Internacional de Descrição Arquivística. Segunda Edição (2000)  [http://www.portalan.arquiv...'&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.portalan.arquivonacional.gov.br/Media/ISADG.pdf[ISAD(G)]]&lt;br /&gt;
Norma Geral Internacional de Descrição Arquivística. Segunda Edição (2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.portalan.arquivonacional.gov.br/Media/ISAAR%20Brasil%20final.pdf[ISAAR(CPF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
Norma internacional de registro de autoridade arquivística para entidades coletivas, pessoas e famílias. Segunda Edição (2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.portalan.arquivonacional.gov.br/media/isdiah%20final09.pdf[ISDIAH]]&lt;br /&gt;
Norma internacional para descrição de instituições com acervo arquivistico&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.portalan.arquivonacional.gov.br/media/ISDF%20ATUAL.pdf[ISDF]]&lt;br /&gt;
Norma internacional para descrição de funções.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Requirement_sources/pt&amp;diff=8540</id>
		<title>Requirement sources/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Requirement_sources/pt&amp;diff=8540"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T14:44:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Created page with '[http://www.portalan.arquivonacional.gov.br/Media/ISADG.pdf[ISAD(G)]] Norma Geral Internacional de Descrição Arquivística. Segunda Edição (2000)  [http://www.portalan.arquiv...'&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.portalan.arquivonacional.gov.br/Media/ISADG.pdf[ISAD(G)]]&lt;br /&gt;
Norma Geral Internacional de Descrição Arquivística. Segunda Edição (2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.portalan.arquivonacional.gov.br/Media/ISAAR%20Brasil%20final.pdf[ISAAR(CPF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
Norma internacional de registro de autoridade arquivística para entidades coletivas, pessoas e famílias. Segunda Edição (2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.portalan.arquivonacional.gov.br/media/isdiah%20final09.pdf[ISDIAH]]&lt;br /&gt;
Norma internacional para descrição de instituições com acervo arquivistico&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.portalan.arquivonacional.gov.br/media/ISDF%20ATUAL.pdf[ISDF]]&lt;br /&gt;
Norma internacional para descrição de funções.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Choose_language/pt&amp;diff=8539</id>
		<title>Choose language/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Choose_language/pt&amp;diff=8539"/>
		<updated>2010-04-16T14:35:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: Created page with 'Alterar o idioma  Página Principal &amp;gt; UM-2 iniciar &amp;gt; UM-2.5 alterar idioma de vizualização  Qualquer usuário pode alterar o idioma para um dos vários que são suportados pelo...'&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Alterar o idioma&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Página Principal &amp;gt; UM-2 iniciar &amp;gt; UM-2.5 alterar idioma de vizualização&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qualquer usuário pode alterar o idioma para um dos vários que são suportados pelo ICA-AtoM.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Entity_types&amp;diff=6644</id>
		<title>Entity types</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Entity_types&amp;diff=6644"/>
		<updated>2009-04-03T12:52:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Entity types&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.3 Entity types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uma [[Entidade|entidade]] é um objecto sobre o qual o sistema de informação coleta dados. A arquitetura do ICA-AtoM's inclui um número de tipos de [[Entidade|entidade]], mas do ponto de vista do utilizador existem quatro tipos principais com os quais ele irá interagir:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Descrição de Arquivo|Descrição de arquivo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Arquivo de autoridades|Arquivo de autoridades (atores)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Arquivo da Instituição|Arquivo da Instituição]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Termos|Termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:um1-3Entities2.png|442px|right|thumb|Core entities and their relationships]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Archival descriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provide contextual information about archival materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are aranged into hierarchical levels ([[Fonds|fonds]], series, files, items).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Include [[Data element|data elements]] based on the ICA's ''General International Standard Archival Description'' ([[RS-1|ISAD-G]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authority records (actors)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provide descriptions of the actors (corporate bodies, persons and families) that interact with archival materials as [[Creator|creators]], custodians, [[Subject|subject]] [[Access point|access points]], etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Include [[Data element|data elements]] based on the ICA's ''International Standard Archival Authority Records (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' ([[RS-2|ISAAR(CPF)]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are linked to [[Archival description|archival descriptions]] in ICA-AtoM by [[Event|events]] delimited by start / end dates. Through events, 1 actor can have 0, 1 or many relationships to 0, 1 or many [[Archival unit|archival units]]; and 1 [[Archival unit|archival unit]] can have 0, 1 or many relationships to 0, 1 or many actors. Event relationships link ISAAR authority files (descriptions of actors) and ISAD records (descriptions of archival materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Archival institutions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provide descriptions of repositories that preserve and provide access to archival materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Include [[Data element|data elements]] based on the ICA's ''International Standard for Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' ([[RS-3|ISDIAH]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are '''actors''' that hold '''archival materials'''. Like all actors, an [[Archival institution|archival institution]] has its own ISAAR [[Authority record|authority record]]. But its characteristics as a '''repository''' (e.g. its opening hours, research services, contact information) are described separately in an ISDIAH institution record. The ISDIAH elements that are inherited from its ISAAR authority record are: Authorized form of name, Other forms of name, Parallel forms of name, History, Mandates/Sources of Authority, and Administrative structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provide [[Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabularies]] used throughout the system (e.g. as [[Access point|access points]] or in drop-down [[Value list|value lists]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are organized into separate [[Taxonomy|taxonomies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Include minimal [[Data element|data elements]]; a future iteration of ICA-AtoM will extend one such [[Taxonomy|taxonomy]] (&amp;quot;Function description&amp;quot;) to include the elements found in the ICA's ''International Standard For Describing Functions'' ([[RS-4|ISDF]]).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Entity_types&amp;diff=6643</id>
		<title>Entity types</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Entity_types&amp;diff=6643"/>
		<updated>2009-04-03T12:50:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Entity types&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.3 Entity types&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uma [[Entidade|entidade]] é um objecto sobre o qual o sistema de informação coleta dados. A arquitetura do ICA-AtoM's inclui um número de tipos de [[Entidade|entidade]], mas do ponto de vista do utilizador existem quatro tipos principais com os quais ele irá interagir:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Archival description|Archival descriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Authority record|Authority records (actors)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Archival institution|Archival institutions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Term|Terms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:um1-3Entities2.png|442px|right|thumb|Core entities and their relationships]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Archival descriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provide contextual information about archival materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are aranged into hierarchical levels ([[Fonds|fonds]], series, files, items).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Include [[Data element|data elements]] based on the ICA's ''General International Standard Archival Description'' ([[RS-1|ISAD-G]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authority records (actors)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provide descriptions of the actors (corporate bodies, persons and families) that interact with archival materials as [[Creator|creators]], custodians, [[Subject|subject]] [[Access point|access points]], etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Include [[Data element|data elements]] based on the ICA's ''International Standard Archival Authority Records (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' ([[RS-2|ISAAR(CPF)]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are linked to [[Archival description|archival descriptions]] in ICA-AtoM by [[Event|events]] delimited by start / end dates. Through events, 1 actor can have 0, 1 or many relationships to 0, 1 or many [[Archival unit|archival units]]; and 1 [[Archival unit|archival unit]] can have 0, 1 or many relationships to 0, 1 or many actors. Event relationships link ISAAR authority files (descriptions of actors) and ISAD records (descriptions of archival materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Archival institutions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provide descriptions of repositories that preserve and provide access to archival materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Include [[Data element|data elements]] based on the ICA's ''International Standard for Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' ([[RS-3|ISDIAH]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are '''actors''' that hold '''archival materials'''. Like all actors, an [[Archival institution|archival institution]] has its own ISAAR [[Authority record|authority record]]. But its characteristics as a '''repository''' (e.g. its opening hours, research services, contact information) are described separately in an ISDIAH institution record. The ISDIAH elements that are inherited from its ISAAR authority record are: Authorized form of name, Other forms of name, Parallel forms of name, History, Mandates/Sources of Authority, and Administrative structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provide [[Controlled vocabulary|controlled vocabularies]] used throughout the system (e.g. as [[Access point|access points]] or in drop-down [[Value list|value lists]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Are organized into separate [[Taxonomy|taxonomies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Include minimal [[Data element|data elements]]; a future iteration of ICA-AtoM will extend one such [[Taxonomy|taxonomy]] (&amp;quot;Function description&amp;quot;) to include the elements found in the ICA's ''International Standard For Describing Functions'' ([[RS-4|ISDF]]).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements&amp;diff=6642</id>
		<title>Technical requirements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements&amp;diff=6642"/>
		<updated>2009-04-03T12:46:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Technical requirements&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1|UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.2 Technical requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido com o mínimo de pressupostos acerca da tecnologia disponível aos utilizadores e aos contribuidores. Tudo que é requerido é acesso à internet e um navegador de internet. É possível utilizar qualquer navegador de internet. O ICA-AtoM, contudo, depende &amp;quot;lado do cliente&amp;quot; do JavaScript para ativar certos efeitos quando exibe os conteúdos:&lt;br /&gt;
*Na [[Tela de edição|tela de edição]], os [[Campos|campos]] são agrupados em [[Área de Informação|áreas de informação]] que são &amp;quot;flexíveis&amp;quot; (campos podem ser exibidos ou escondidos).&lt;br /&gt;
*Alguns [[Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]] são flexíveis (opções na lista podem ser expandidas para exibir mais opções ou retiradas para esconder).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navegadores de Internet mais antigos que não suportam o JavaScript não será possível ver estes efeitos. Mas com estes continua sendo possível aceder o ICA-AtoM sem problemas; apenas a exibição não será muito boa. É recomendado, portanto, que os usuários utilizem navegadores de internet mais modernos que suportem o JavaScript (e.x. Firefox x+, Internet Explorer x+, Safari x+ ).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements&amp;diff=6641</id>
		<title>Technical requirements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements&amp;diff=6641"/>
		<updated>2009-04-02T19:00:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Technical requirements&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1|UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.2 Technical requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido com o mínimo de pressupostos acerca da tecnologia disponível aos utilizadores e aos contribuidores. Tudo que é requerido é acesso à internet e um navegador de internet. É possível utilizar qualquer navegador de internet. O ICA-AtoM, contudo, depende &amp;quot;lado do cliente&amp;quot; do JavaScript para ativar certos efeitos quando exibe os conteúdos:&lt;br /&gt;
*Na [[Tela de edição|tela de edição]], os [[Campos|campos]] são agrupados em [[Área de Informação|áreas de informação]] que são &amp;quot;flexíveis&amp;quot; (campos podem ser exibidos ou escondidos).&lt;br /&gt;
*Alguns [[Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]] são flexíveis (opções na lista podem ser expandidas para exibir mais opções ou retiradas para esconder).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navegadores de Internet mais antigos que não suportam o JavaScript não será possível ver estes efeitos. Mas com estes continua sendo possível aceder o ICA-AtoM sem problemas; it just won't look as nice. It is recommended, therefore, that users employ modern web browsers that support JavaScript (e.g. Firefox x+, Internet Explorer x+, Safari x+ ).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements&amp;diff=6640</id>
		<title>Technical requirements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements&amp;diff=6640"/>
		<updated>2009-04-02T18:46:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Technical requirements&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1|UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.2 Technical requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido com o mínimo de pressupostos acerca da tecnologia disponível aos utilizadores e aos contribuidores. Tudo que é requerido é acesso à internet e um navegador de internet. É possível utilizar qualquer navegador de internet. O ICA-AtoM, contudo, depende &amp;quot;lado do cliente&amp;quot; do JavaScript para ativar certos efeitos quando exibe os conteúdos:&lt;br /&gt;
*Na [[Tela de edição|tela de edição]], os [[Campos|campos]] são agrupados em [[Área de Informação|áreas de informação]] que são &amp;quot;flexíveis&amp;quot; (fields can be displayed or hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
*Some [[Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]] are collapsible (options in the list can be expanded to display more options or collapsed to hide them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older browsers that do not support JavaScript will not be able to view these effects. They are still able to access ICA-AtoM unimpaired; it just won't look as nice. It is recommended, therefore, that users employ modern web browsers that support JavaScript (e.g. Firefox x+, Internet Explorer x+, Safari x+ ).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements&amp;diff=6639</id>
		<title>Technical requirements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements&amp;diff=6639"/>
		<updated>2009-04-02T10:08:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Technical requirements&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1|UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.2 Technical requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido com o mínimo de pressupostos acerca da tecnologia disponível aos utilizadores e aos contribuidores. Tudo que é requerido é acesso à internet e um navegador de internet. É possível utilizar qualquer navegador de internet. O ICA-AtoM, contudo, depende &amp;quot;lado do cliente&amp;quot; do JavaScript to achieve certain effects when displaying content:&lt;br /&gt;
*On [[Edit screen|edit screens]], [[Field|fields]] are grouped into [[Information area|information areas]] that are &amp;quot;collapsible&amp;quot; (fields can be displayed or hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
*Some [[Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]] are collapsible (options in the list can be expanded to display more options or collapsed to hide them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older browsers that do not support JavaScript will not be able to view these effects. They are still able to access ICA-AtoM unimpaired; it just won't look as nice. It is recommended, therefore, that users employ modern web browsers that support JavaScript (e.g. Firefox x+, Internet Explorer x+, Safari x+ ).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements&amp;diff=6638</id>
		<title>Technical requirements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=Technical_requirements&amp;diff=6638"/>
		<updated>2009-04-02T09:56:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Technical requirements&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1|UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.2 Technical requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido com o mínimo de pressupostos acerca da tecnologia disponível aos utilizadores e aos contribuidores. Tudo que é requerido é acesso à internet e um navegador de internet. É possível utilizar qualquer navegador de internet. O ICA-AtoM, contudo, does rely on &amp;quot;client-side&amp;quot; JavaScript to achieve certain effects when displaying content:&lt;br /&gt;
*On [[Edit screen|edit screens]], [[Field|fields]] are grouped into [[Information area|information areas]] that are &amp;quot;collapsible&amp;quot; (fields can be displayed or hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
*Some [[Drop-down menu|drop-down menus]] are collapsible (options in the list can be expanded to display more options or collapsed to hide them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older browsers that do not support JavaScript will not be able to view these effects. They are still able to access ICA-AtoM unimpaired; it just won't look as nice. It is recommended, therefore, that users employ modern web browsers that support JavaScript (e.g. Firefox x+, Internet Explorer x+, Safari x+ ).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6637</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6637"/>
		<updated>2009-04-02T09:52:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, com aplicação de fontes de informação aberta para uso das normas de descrição em um ambiente multi-línguas e multi-repositório, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Visão Geral Técnica'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM compreende:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Páginas HTML para navegadores de internet a partir de um servidor de internet. Apache é usado para o desenvolvimento mas o ICA-AtoM é também compatível com o IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Uma base de dados em um servidor de base de dados. MySQL foi usado no desenvolvimento do ICA-AtoM, mas o uso de base de dados abstrata em camadas é também compatível com Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O programa PHP5 que faz o gerenciamento de pedidos e respostas entre os clientes de internet, a aplicação lógica e a aplicação de conteúdos armazenados na base de dados.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Ferramentas para gerenciamento de Informações, desenvolvido pelo projeto ICA-AtoM e customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Inteiramente feito para internet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toda a interação dos usuários com o sistema (criar, ver, pesquisar, actualizar e cancelar acções) têm lugar no navegador de internet do usuário. Os usuários acessam páginas HTML que estão no servidor; clicando em um botão ou um link que desencadeia uma escrita PHP que envia um comando para a base de dados e retorna em formato HTML para o navegador internet do usuário.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fonte aberta'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O programa ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido com ferramentas de fonte aberta (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) em vez de softwares comerciais com direito de propriedade. O código Qubit Toolkit desenvolvido pelo projecto do ICA-AtoM é também um softwware de fonte aberta, com o os códigos de fonte completamente disponíveis para uso e modificação pelos usuários ou outros[[Desenvolvedor|desenvolvedores]] entenderem (sob a licença GPL v2.0). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Portanto, não há custos para o download de nenhum dos programas necessários para a utilização do ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Normas utilizadas'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) normas de descrição:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Futuras interações do ICA-AtoM irão suportar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido para ser suficientemente flexível para a adaptação de outras normas de descrção.; veja [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-idiomas'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos [[Interface do usuário|interface do usuário]] elementos e [[Conteúdo da base de dados |conteúdo da base de dados]] podem ser traduzidas para diferentes idiomas. A Actual versão do ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) suporta os seguintes idiomas:&lt;br /&gt;
*Árabe&lt;br /&gt;
*Holandês&lt;br /&gt;
*Inglês&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*Francês&lt;br /&gt;
*Alemão&lt;br /&gt;
*Grego&lt;br /&gt;
*Islandês&lt;br /&gt;
*Italiano&lt;br /&gt;
*Japonês&lt;br /&gt;
*Coreano&lt;br /&gt;
*Português&lt;br /&gt;
*Esloveno&lt;br /&gt;
*Espanhol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-depósitos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM pode ser usado por uma única Instituição para a sua própria descrição ou pode ser definido como um [[sistema Multi-depósitos|multi-depósitos]] &amp;quot;lista de união&amp;quot; aceitando descrições de qualquer número de Instituições.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6636</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6636"/>
		<updated>2009-04-02T09:51:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, com aplicação de fontes de informação aberta para uso das normas de descrição em um ambiente multi-línguas e multi-repositório, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Visão Geral Técnica'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM compreende:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Páginas HTML para navegadores de internet a partir de um servidor de internet. Apache é usado para o desenvolvimento mas o ICA-AtoM é também compatível com o IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Uma base de dados em um servidor de base de dados. MySQL foi usado no desenvolvimento do ICA-AtoM, mas o uso de base de dados abstrata em camadas é também compatível com Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O programa PHP5 que faz o gerenciamento de pedidos e respostas entre os clientes de internet, a aplicação lógica e a aplicação de conteúdos armazenados na base de dados.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Ferramentas para gerenciamento de Informações, desenvolvido pelo projeto ICA-AtoM e customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Inteiramente feito para internet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toda a interação dos usuários com o sistema (criar, ver, pesquisar, actualizar e cancelar acções) têm lugar no navegador de internet do usuário. Os usuários acessam páginas HTML que estão no servidor; clicando em um botão ou um link que desencadeia uma escrita PHP que envia um comando para a base de dados e retorna em formato HTML para o navegador internet do usuário.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fonte aberta'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O programa ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido com ferramentas de fonte aberta (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) em vez de softwares comerciais com direito de propriedade. O código Qubit Toolkit desenvolvido pelo projecto do ICA-AtoM é também um softwware de fonte aberta, com o os códigos de fonte completamente disponíveis para uso e modificação pelos usuários ou outros[[Desenvolvedor|desenvolvedores]] entenderem (sob a licença GPL v2.0). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Portanto, não há custos para o download de nenhum dos programas necessários para a utilização do ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Normas utilizadas'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) normas de descrição:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Futuras interações do ICA-AtoM irão suportar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido para ser suficientemente flexível para a adaptação de outras normas de descrção.; veja [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-idiomas'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos [[Interface do usuário|interface do usuário]] elementos e [[Database content|database content]] podem ser traduzidas para diferentes idiomas. A Actual versão do ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) suporta os seguintes idiomas:&lt;br /&gt;
*Árabe&lt;br /&gt;
*Holandês&lt;br /&gt;
*Inglês&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*Francês&lt;br /&gt;
*Alemão&lt;br /&gt;
*Grego&lt;br /&gt;
*Islandês&lt;br /&gt;
*Italiano&lt;br /&gt;
*Japonês&lt;br /&gt;
*Coreano&lt;br /&gt;
*Português&lt;br /&gt;
*Esloveno&lt;br /&gt;
*Espanhol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-depósitos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM pode ser usado por uma única Instituição para a sua própria descrição ou pode ser definido como um [[sistema Multi-depósitos|multi-depósitos]] &amp;quot;lista de união&amp;quot; aceitando descrições de qualquer número de Instituições.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6635</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6635"/>
		<updated>2009-04-02T09:45:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, com aplicação de fontes de informação aberta para uso das normas de descrição em um ambiente multi-línguas e multi-repositório, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Visão Geral Técnica'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM compreende:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Páginas HTML para navegadores de internet a partir de um servidor de internet. Apache é usado para o desenvolvimento mas o ICA-AtoM é também compatível com o IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Uma base de dados em um servidor de base de dados. MySQL foi usado no desenvolvimento do ICA-AtoM, mas o uso de base de dados abstrata em camadas é também compatível com Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O programa PHP5 que faz o gerenciamento de pedidos e respostas entre os clientes de internet, a aplicação lógica e a aplicação de conteúdos armazenados na base de dados.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Ferramentas para gerenciamento de Informações, desenvolvido pelo projeto ICA-AtoM e customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Inteiramente feito para internet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toda a interação dos usuários com o sistema (criar, ver, pesquisar, actualizar e cancelar acções) têm lugar no navegador de internet do usuário. Os usuários acessam páginas HTML que estão no servidor; clicando em um botão ou um link que desencadeia uma escrita PHP que envia um comando para a base de dados e retorna em formato HTML para o navegador internet do usuário.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fonte aberta'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O programa ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido com ferramentas de fonte aberta (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) em vez de softwares comerciais com direito de propriedade. O código Qubit Toolkit desenvolvido pelo projecto do ICA-AtoM é também um softwware de fonte aberta, com o os códigos de fonte completamente disponíveis para uso e modificação pelos usuários ou outros[[Desenvolvedor|desenvolvedores]] entenderem (sob a licença GPL v2.0). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Portanto, não há custos para o download de nenhum dos programas necessários para a utilização do ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Normas utilizadas'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) normas de descrição:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Futuras interações do ICA-AtoM irão suportar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido para ser suficientemente flexível para a adaptação de outras normas de descrção.; veja [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-idiomas'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos [[Interface do usuário|interface do usuário]] elementos e [[Database content|database content]] podem ser traduzidas para diferentes idiomas. A Actual versão do ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) suporta os seguintes idiomas:&lt;br /&gt;
*Árabe&lt;br /&gt;
*Holandês&lt;br /&gt;
*Inglês&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*Francês&lt;br /&gt;
*Alemão&lt;br /&gt;
*Grego&lt;br /&gt;
*Islandês&lt;br /&gt;
*Italiano&lt;br /&gt;
*Japonês&lt;br /&gt;
*Coreano&lt;br /&gt;
*Português&lt;br /&gt;
*Esloveno&lt;br /&gt;
*Espanhol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-repository'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM can be used by a single institution for its own descriptions or it can be set up as a [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]] &amp;quot;union list&amp;quot; accepting descriptions from any number of contributing institutions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6634</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6634"/>
		<updated>2009-04-02T09:43:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, com aplicação de fontes de informação aberta para uso das normas de descrição em um ambiente multi-línguas e multi-repositório, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Visão Geral Técnica'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM compreende:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Páginas HTML para navegadores de internet a partir de um servidor de internet. Apache é usado para o desenvolvimento mas o ICA-AtoM é também compatível com o IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Uma base de dados em um servidor de base de dados. MySQL foi usado no desenvolvimento do ICA-AtoM, mas o uso de base de dados abstrata em camadas é também compatível com Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O programa PHP5 que faz o gerenciamento de pedidos e respostas entre os clientes de internet, a aplicação lógica e a aplicação de conteúdos armazenados na base de dados.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Ferramentas para gerenciamento de Informações, desenvolvido pelo projeto ICA-AtoM e customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Inteiramente feito para internet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toda a interação dos usuários com o sistema (criar, ver, pesquisar, actualizar e cancelar acções) têm lugar no navegador de internet do usuário. Os usuários acessam páginas HTML que estão no servidor; clicando em um botão ou um link que desencadeia uma escrita PHP que envia um comando para a base de dados e retorna em formato HTML para o navegador internet do usuário.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fonte aberta'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O programa ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido com ferramentas de fonte aberta (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) em vez de softwares comerciais com direito de propriedade. O código Qubit Toolkit desenvolvido pelo projecto do ICA-AtoM é também um softwware de fonte aberta, com o os códigos de fonte completamente disponíveis para uso e modificação pelos usuários ou outros[[Desenvolvedor|desenvolvedores]] entenderem (sob a licença GPL v2.0). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Portanto, não há custos para o download de nenhum dos programas necessários para a utilização do ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Normas utilizadas'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) normas de descrição:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Futuras interações do ICA-AtoM irão suportar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido para ser suficientemente flexível para a adaptação de outras normas de descrção.; veja [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-idiomas'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos [[Interface do usuário|interface do usuário]] elementos e [[Database content|database content]] podem ser traduzidas para diferentes idiomas. A Actual versão do ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) suporta os seguintes idiomas:&lt;br /&gt;
*Árabe&lt;br /&gt;
*Holandês&lt;br /&gt;
*Inglês&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*Francês&lt;br /&gt;
*Alemão&lt;br /&gt;
*Grego&lt;br /&gt;
*Icelandic&lt;br /&gt;
*Italiano&lt;br /&gt;
*Japonês&lt;br /&gt;
*Coreano&lt;br /&gt;
*Português&lt;br /&gt;
*Esloveno&lt;br /&gt;
*Espanhol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-repository'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM can be used by a single institution for its own descriptions or it can be set up as a [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]] &amp;quot;union list&amp;quot; accepting descriptions from any number of contributing institutions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6633</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6633"/>
		<updated>2009-04-02T09:36:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, com aplicação de fontes de informação aberta para uso das normas de descrição em um ambiente multi-línguas e multi-repositório, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Visão Geral Técnica'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM compreende:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Páginas HTML para navegadores de internet a partir de um servidor de internet. Apache é usado para o desenvolvimento mas o ICA-AtoM é também compatível com o IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Uma base de dados em um servidor de base de dados. MySQL foi usado no desenvolvimento do ICA-AtoM, mas o uso de base de dados abstrata em camadas é também compatível com Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O programa PHP5 que faz o gerenciamento de pedidos e respostas entre os clientes de internet, a aplicação lógica e a aplicação de conteúdos armazenados na base de dados.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Ferramentas para gerenciamento de Informações, desenvolvido pelo projeto ICA-AtoM e customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Inteiramente feito para internet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toda a interação dos usuários com o sistema (criar, ver, pesquisar, actualizar e cancelar acções) têm lugar no navegador de internet do usuário. Os usuários acessam páginas HTML que estão no servidor; clicando em um botão ou um link que desencadeia uma escrita PHP que envia um comando para a base de dados e retorna em formato HTML para o navegador internet do usuário.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fonte aberta'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O programa ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido com ferramentas de fonte aberta (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) em vez de softwares comerciais com direito de propriedade. O código Qubit Toolkit desenvolvido pelo projecto do ICA-AtoM é também um softwware de fonte aberta, com o os códigos de fonte completamente disponíveis para uso e modificação pelos usuários ou outros[[Desenvolvedor|desenvolvedores]] entenderem (sob a licença GPL v2.0). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Portanto, não há custos para o download de nenhum dos programas necessários para a utilização do ICA-AtoM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Normas utilizadas'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built around the [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) descriptive standards:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future iterations of ICA-AtoM will support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is designed to be flexible enough for adaptation to other descriptive standards; see [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-lingual'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All [[User interface|user interface]] elements and [[Database content|database content]] can be translated into multiple languages. The current version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) supports the following languages:&lt;br /&gt;
*Arabic&lt;br /&gt;
*Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
*English&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*French&lt;br /&gt;
*German&lt;br /&gt;
*Greek&lt;br /&gt;
*Icelandic&lt;br /&gt;
*Italian&lt;br /&gt;
*Japanese&lt;br /&gt;
*Korean&lt;br /&gt;
*Portuguese&lt;br /&gt;
*Slovenian&lt;br /&gt;
*Spanish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-repository'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM can be used by a single institution for its own descriptions or it can be set up as a [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]] &amp;quot;union list&amp;quot; accepting descriptions from any number of contributing institutions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6632</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6632"/>
		<updated>2009-04-02T09:33:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, com aplicação de fontes de informação aberta para uso das normas de descrição em um ambiente multi-línguas e multi-repositório, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Visão Geral Técnica'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM compreende:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Páginas HTML para navegadores de internet a partir de um servidor de internet. Apache é usado para o desenvolvimento mas o ICA-AtoM é também compatível com o IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Uma base de dados em um servidor de base de dados. MySQL foi usado no desenvolvimento do ICA-AtoM, mas o uso de base de dados abstrata em camadas é também compatível com Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O programa PHP5 que faz o gerenciamento de pedidos e respostas entre os clientes de internet, a aplicação lógica e a aplicação de conteúdos armazenados na base de dados.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Ferramentas para gerenciamento de Informações, desenvolvido pelo projeto ICA-AtoM e customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Inteiramente feito para internet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toda a interação dos usuários com o sistema (criar, ver, pesquisar, actualizar e cancelar acções) têm lugar no navegador de internet do usuário. Os usuários acessam páginas HTML que estão no servidor; clicando em um botão ou um link que desencadeia uma escrita PHP que envia um comando para a base de dados e retorna em formato HTML para o navegador internet do usuário.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fonte aberta'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O programa ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido com ferramentas de fonte aberta (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) em vez de softwares comerciais com direito de propriedade. O código Qubit Toolkit desenvolvido pelo projecto do ICA-AtoM é também um softwware de fonte aberta, com o os códigos de fonte completamente disponíveis para uso e modificação pelos usuários ou outros[[Desenvolvedor|desenvolvedores]] entenderem (sob a licença GPL v2.0). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, there is no cost to download any of the software required to run the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Standards-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built around the [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) descriptive standards:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future iterations of ICA-AtoM will support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is designed to be flexible enough for adaptation to other descriptive standards; see [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-lingual'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All [[User interface|user interface]] elements and [[Database content|database content]] can be translated into multiple languages. The current version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) supports the following languages:&lt;br /&gt;
*Arabic&lt;br /&gt;
*Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
*English&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*French&lt;br /&gt;
*German&lt;br /&gt;
*Greek&lt;br /&gt;
*Icelandic&lt;br /&gt;
*Italian&lt;br /&gt;
*Japanese&lt;br /&gt;
*Korean&lt;br /&gt;
*Portuguese&lt;br /&gt;
*Slovenian&lt;br /&gt;
*Spanish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-repository'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM can be used by a single institution for its own descriptions or it can be set up as a [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]] &amp;quot;union list&amp;quot; accepting descriptions from any number of contributing institutions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6631</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6631"/>
		<updated>2009-04-02T09:26:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, com aplicação de fontes de informação aberta para uso das normas de descrição em um ambiente multi-línguas e multi-repositório, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Visão Geral Técnica'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM compreende:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Páginas HTML para navegadores de internet a partir de um servidor de internet. Apache é usado para o desenvolvimento mas o ICA-AtoM é também compatível com o IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Uma base de dados em um servidor de base de dados. MySQL foi usado no desenvolvimento do ICA-AtoM, mas o uso de base de dados abstrata em camadas é também compatível com Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O programa PHP5 que faz o gerenciamento de pedidos e respostas entre os clientes de internet, a aplicação lógica e a aplicação de conteúdos armazenados na base de dados.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Ferramentas para gerenciamento de Informações, desenvolvido pelo projeto ICA-AtoM e customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Inteiramente feito para internet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toda a interação dos usuários com o sistema (criar, ver, pesquisar, actualizar e cancelar acções) têm lugar no navegador de internet do usuário. Os usuários acessam páginas HTML que estão no servidor; clicando em um botão ou um link que desencadeia uma escrita PHP que envia um comando para a base de dados e retorna em formato HTML para o navegador internet do usuário.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fonte aberta'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built with open-source tools (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) rather than proprietary software. The underlying Qubit Toolkit code developed by the ICA-AtoM project is itself open source, with the source code freely available for use or modification as users or other [[Developer|developers]] see fit (under the GPL v2.0 license). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, there is no cost to download any of the software required to run the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Standards-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built around the [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) descriptive standards:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future iterations of ICA-AtoM will support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is designed to be flexible enough for adaptation to other descriptive standards; see [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-lingual'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All [[User interface|user interface]] elements and [[Database content|database content]] can be translated into multiple languages. The current version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) supports the following languages:&lt;br /&gt;
*Arabic&lt;br /&gt;
*Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
*English&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*French&lt;br /&gt;
*German&lt;br /&gt;
*Greek&lt;br /&gt;
*Icelandic&lt;br /&gt;
*Italian&lt;br /&gt;
*Japanese&lt;br /&gt;
*Korean&lt;br /&gt;
*Portuguese&lt;br /&gt;
*Slovenian&lt;br /&gt;
*Spanish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-repository'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM can be used by a single institution for its own descriptions or it can be set up as a [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]] &amp;quot;union list&amp;quot; accepting descriptions from any number of contributing institutions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6629</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6629"/>
		<updated>2009-03-29T11:24:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, com aplicação de fontes de informação aberta para uso das normas de descrição em um ambiente multi-línguas e multi-repositório, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Visão Geral Técnica'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM compreende:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Páginas HTML para navegadores de internet a partir de um servidor de internet. Apache é usado para o desenvolvimento mas o ICA-AtoM é também compatível com o IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Uma base de dados em um servidor de base de dados. MySQL foi usado no desenvolvimento do ICA-AtoM, mas o uso de base de dados abstrata em camadas é também compatível com Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O programa PHP5 que faz o gerenciamento de pedidos e respostas entre os clientes de internet, a aplicação lógica e a aplicação de conteúdos armazenados na base de dados.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*O [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Ferramentas para gerenciamento de Informações, desenvolvido pelo projeto ICA-AtoM e customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fully web-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All user interactions with the system (create, view, search, update, and delete actions) take place through the user's web browser. Users access HTML pages on the web server; clicking a button or link triggers a PHP script that sends a command to the database and returns the output as HTML back to the user's browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Open source'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built with open-source tools (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) rather than proprietary software. The underlying Qubit Toolkit code developed by the ICA-AtoM project is itself open source, with the source code freely available for use or modification as users or other [[Developer|developers]] see fit (under the GPL v2.0 license). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, there is no cost to download any of the software required to run the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Standards-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built around the [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) descriptive standards:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future iterations of ICA-AtoM will support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is designed to be flexible enough for adaptation to other descriptive standards; see [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-lingual'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All [[User interface|user interface]] elements and [[Database content|database content]] can be translated into multiple languages. The current version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) supports the following languages:&lt;br /&gt;
*Arabic&lt;br /&gt;
*Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
*English&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*French&lt;br /&gt;
*German&lt;br /&gt;
*Greek&lt;br /&gt;
*Icelandic&lt;br /&gt;
*Italian&lt;br /&gt;
*Japanese&lt;br /&gt;
*Korean&lt;br /&gt;
*Portuguese&lt;br /&gt;
*Slovenian&lt;br /&gt;
*Spanish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-repository'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM can be used by a single institution for its own descriptions or it can be set up as a [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]] &amp;quot;union list&amp;quot; accepting descriptions from any number of contributing institutions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6628</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6628"/>
		<updated>2009-03-29T11:07:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, com aplicação de fontes de informação aberta para uso das normas de descrição em um ambiente multi-línguas e multi-repositório, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Visão Geral Técnica'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM compreende:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Páginas HTML para navegadores de internet a partir de um servidor de internet. Apache é usado para o desenvolvimento mas o ICA-AtoM é também compatível com o IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A database on a database server. MySQL is used in development but ICA-AtoM uses a database abstraction layer and is therefore also compatible with Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*PHP5 software code that manages requests and responses between the web clients, the application logic and the application content stored in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Open Information Management toolkit, developed by the ICA-AtoM project and customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fully web-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All user interactions with the system (create, view, search, update, and delete actions) take place through the user's web browser. Users access HTML pages on the web server; clicking a button or link triggers a PHP script that sends a command to the database and returns the output as HTML back to the user's browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Open source'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built with open-source tools (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) rather than proprietary software. The underlying Qubit Toolkit code developed by the ICA-AtoM project is itself open source, with the source code freely available for use or modification as users or other [[Developer|developers]] see fit (under the GPL v2.0 license). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, there is no cost to download any of the software required to run the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Standards-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built around the [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) descriptive standards:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future iterations of ICA-AtoM will support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is designed to be flexible enough for adaptation to other descriptive standards; see [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-lingual'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All [[User interface|user interface]] elements and [[Database content|database content]] can be translated into multiple languages. The current version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) supports the following languages:&lt;br /&gt;
*Arabic&lt;br /&gt;
*Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
*English&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*French&lt;br /&gt;
*German&lt;br /&gt;
*Greek&lt;br /&gt;
*Icelandic&lt;br /&gt;
*Italian&lt;br /&gt;
*Japanese&lt;br /&gt;
*Korean&lt;br /&gt;
*Portuguese&lt;br /&gt;
*Slovenian&lt;br /&gt;
*Spanish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-repository'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM can be used by a single institution for its own descriptions or it can be set up as a [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]] &amp;quot;union list&amp;quot; accepting descriptions from any number of contributing institutions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6627</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6627"/>
		<updated>2009-03-29T11:03:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, com aplicação de fontes de informação aberta para uso das normas de descrição em um ambiente multi-línguas e multi-repositório, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Visão Geral Técnica'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O ICA-AtoM compreende:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*HTML pages served to a web browser from a web server. Apache is used in development but ICA-AtoM is also compatible with IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A database on a database server. MySQL is used in development but ICA-AtoM uses a database abstraction layer and is therefore also compatible with Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*PHP5 software code that manages requests and responses between the web clients, the application logic and the application content stored in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Open Information Management toolkit, developed by the ICA-AtoM project and customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fully web-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All user interactions with the system (create, view, search, update, and delete actions) take place through the user's web browser. Users access HTML pages on the web server; clicking a button or link triggers a PHP script that sends a command to the database and returns the output as HTML back to the user's browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Open source'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built with open-source tools (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) rather than proprietary software. The underlying Qubit Toolkit code developed by the ICA-AtoM project is itself open source, with the source code freely available for use or modification as users or other [[Developer|developers]] see fit (under the GPL v2.0 license). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, there is no cost to download any of the software required to run the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Standards-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built around the [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) descriptive standards:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future iterations of ICA-AtoM will support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is designed to be flexible enough for adaptation to other descriptive standards; see [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-lingual'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All [[User interface|user interface]] elements and [[Database content|database content]] can be translated into multiple languages. The current version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) supports the following languages:&lt;br /&gt;
*Arabic&lt;br /&gt;
*Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
*English&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*French&lt;br /&gt;
*German&lt;br /&gt;
*Greek&lt;br /&gt;
*Icelandic&lt;br /&gt;
*Italian&lt;br /&gt;
*Japanese&lt;br /&gt;
*Korean&lt;br /&gt;
*Portuguese&lt;br /&gt;
*Slovenian&lt;br /&gt;
*Spanish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-repository'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM can be used by a single institution for its own descriptions or it can be set up as a [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]] &amp;quot;union list&amp;quot; accepting descriptions from any number of contributing institutions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6626</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6626"/>
		<updated>2009-03-29T11:01:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, aplicação com fonte de informações aberta para uso das normas de descrição em um ambiente multi-línguas e multi-repositório, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Technical Overview'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM comprises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*HTML pages served to a web browser from a web server. Apache is used in development but ICA-AtoM is also compatible with IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A database on a database server. MySQL is used in development but ICA-AtoM uses a database abstraction layer and is therefore also compatible with Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*PHP5 software code that manages requests and responses between the web clients, the application logic and the application content stored in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Open Information Management toolkit, developed by the ICA-AtoM project and customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fully web-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All user interactions with the system (create, view, search, update, and delete actions) take place through the user's web browser. Users access HTML pages on the web server; clicking a button or link triggers a PHP script that sends a command to the database and returns the output as HTML back to the user's browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Open source'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built with open-source tools (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) rather than proprietary software. The underlying Qubit Toolkit code developed by the ICA-AtoM project is itself open source, with the source code freely available for use or modification as users or other [[Developer|developers]] see fit (under the GPL v2.0 license). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, there is no cost to download any of the software required to run the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Standards-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built around the [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) descriptive standards:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future iterations of ICA-AtoM will support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is designed to be flexible enough for adaptation to other descriptive standards; see [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-lingual'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All [[User interface|user interface]] elements and [[Database content|database content]] can be translated into multiple languages. The current version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) supports the following languages:&lt;br /&gt;
*Arabic&lt;br /&gt;
*Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
*English&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*French&lt;br /&gt;
*German&lt;br /&gt;
*Greek&lt;br /&gt;
*Icelandic&lt;br /&gt;
*Italian&lt;br /&gt;
*Japanese&lt;br /&gt;
*Korean&lt;br /&gt;
*Portuguese&lt;br /&gt;
*Slovenian&lt;br /&gt;
*Spanish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-repository'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM can be used by a single institution for its own descriptions or it can be set up as a [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]] &amp;quot;union list&amp;quot; accepting descriptions from any number of contributing institutions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6625</id>
		<title>What is ICA-AtoM?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=What_is_ICA-AtoM%3F&amp;diff=6625"/>
		<updated>2009-03-29T10:59:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;pageTitle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is ICA-AtoM?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Page]] &amp;gt; [[User manual|(UM) User manual]] &amp;gt; [[UM-1 | UM-1 System overview]] &amp;gt; UM-1.1 What is ICA-AtoM?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ica-atom-technical-architecture-2008-06.gif|500px|thumb|right|System architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM foi desenvolvido pelo ''Conselho Internacional de Arquivos - Acesso à memória''. É uma base de dados em ambiente web, aplicação com fonte de informações aberta para open-source application for standards-based archival description in a multi-lingual, [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]] environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Technical Overview'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM comprises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*HTML pages served to a web browser from a web server. Apache is used in development but ICA-AtoM is also compatible with IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A database on a database server. MySQL is used in development but ICA-AtoM uses a database abstraction layer and is therefore also compatible with Postgres, SQLite, SQLServer, Oracle, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*PHP5 software code that manages requests and responses between the web clients, the application logic and the application content stored in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The [http://symfony-project.org Symfony] web framework that organizes the component parts using object-orientation and best practice web design patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The [http://qubit-toolkit.org Qubit] Open Information Management toolkit, developed by the ICA-AtoM project and customized to make the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fully web-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All user interactions with the system (create, view, search, update, and delete actions) take place through the user's web browser. Users access HTML pages on the web server; clicking a button or link triggers a PHP script that sends a command to the database and returns the output as HTML back to the user's browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Open source'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built with open-source tools (Apache, MySQL, PHP, Symfony) rather than proprietary software. The underlying Qubit Toolkit code developed by the ICA-AtoM project is itself open source, with the source code freely available for use or modification as users or other [[Developer|developers]] see fit (under the GPL v2.0 license). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, there is no cost to download any of the software required to run the ICA-AtoM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Standards-based'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is built around the [http://www.ica.org/ International Council on Archives'] (ICA) descriptive standards:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''General International Standard Archival Description'' (ISAD(G)) - 2nd edition, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard Archival Authority Record (Corporate bodies, Persons, Families)'' (ISAAR(CPF)) - 2nd edition, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Institutions with Archival Holdings'' (ISDIAH) - 1st edition, March 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future iterations of ICA-AtoM will support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''International Standard For Describing Functions'' (ISDF) - 1st edition, May 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM is designed to be flexible enough for adaptation to other descriptive standards; see [[UM-1.4| UM-1.4 Supported descriptive standards]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-lingual'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All [[User interface|user interface]] elements and [[Database content|database content]] can be translated into multiple languages. The current version of ICA-AtoM (v1.0 beta) supports the following languages:&lt;br /&gt;
*Arabic&lt;br /&gt;
*Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
*English&lt;br /&gt;
*Farsi&lt;br /&gt;
*French&lt;br /&gt;
*German&lt;br /&gt;
*Greek&lt;br /&gt;
*Icelandic&lt;br /&gt;
*Italian&lt;br /&gt;
*Japanese&lt;br /&gt;
*Korean&lt;br /&gt;
*Portuguese&lt;br /&gt;
*Slovenian&lt;br /&gt;
*Spanish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-repository'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICA-AtoM can be used by a single institution for its own descriptions or it can be set up as a [[Multi-repository system|multi-repository]] &amp;quot;union list&amp;quot; accepting descriptions from any number of contributing institutions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=User_manual/pt&amp;diff=6624</id>
		<title>User manual/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=User_manual/pt&amp;diff=6624"/>
		<updated>2009-03-28T21:14:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;width:95%; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width:500px; border: 1px solid rgb(255, 201, 201); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(255, 243, 243);&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-1|'''System overview''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.1|O que é o ICA-AtoM?]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.2|Requisitos técnicos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.3|Tipos de entidades]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.4|Normas de descrição aplicadas]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-2|'''Iniciar''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.1|Acesso à página web]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.2|Log in]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.3|Papéis dos usuários]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.4|Tipos de ecrãs]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.5|Alterar o idioma de utilização]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-3|'''Inserir / Editar conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*Inserir / Editar descrições documentais: [[UM-3.1|ISAD(G)]] / [[UM-3.1-RAD|RAD]] / [[UM-3.1-Dublin Core|Dublin Core]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.2|Inserir / Editar descrições de entidades ISAAR(CPF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.3|Inserir / Editar Instituições arquivísticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.4|Entrada de Dados: área de controle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.5|Editar termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.6|Sair do modo de edição]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-4|'''Acesso aos conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.1|Pesquisa: básica]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.2|Pesquisa: avançada]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.3|Pesquisa: nome dos campos para pesquisa avançada]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.4|Navegador]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.5|Navegação: geral]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.6|Navegação: caixa do menu de conteúdos]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 500px; border: 1px solid rgb(198, 201, 255); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(240, 240, 255);&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-5|'''Traduzir conteúdos / interface''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.1|Design principles]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.2|Tradução das descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.3|Tradução dos termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.4|Tradução das páginas estáticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.5|Tradução da interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.6|Remover / restaurar o idioma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-6|'''Importar / exportar conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.1|Upload digital objects]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.2|Importar descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.3|Exportar descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-7|'''Administrar o ICA-AtoM''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.1|Instalar o ICA-Atom]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.2|Criar e gerir contas de usuários]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.3|Personalizar as páginas estáticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.4|Personalizar as definições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.5|Back up ICA-AtoM]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.6|Configurar o idioma padrão]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.7|Reconstruir o índice de pesquisa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glossário|'''Glossário''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Glossário | Glossário de termos usados na documentação]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual do usuário para impressão|'''Manual do usuário para impressão''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Manual do usuário para impressão|Versões para impressão do manual do usuário para fácil referência]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Questions? Please post them to the [http://groups.google.ca/group/ica-atom-users ICA-AtoM discussion group].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=User_manual/pt&amp;diff=6623</id>
		<title>User manual/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=User_manual/pt&amp;diff=6623"/>
		<updated>2009-03-28T21:12:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;width:95%; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width:500px; border: 1px solid rgb(255, 201, 201); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(255, 243, 243);&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-1|'''System overview''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.1|O que é o ICA-AtoM?]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.2|Requisitos técnicos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.3|Tipos de entidades]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.4|Normas de descrição aplicadas]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-2|'''Iniciar''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.1|Acesso à página web]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.2|Log in]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.3|Papéis dos usuários]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.4|Tipos de ecrãs]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.5|Alterar o idioma de utilização]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-3|'''Inserir / Editar conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*Inserir / Editar descrições documentais: [[UM-3.1|ISAD(G)]] / [[UM-3.1-RAD|RAD]] / [[UM-3.1-Dublin Core|Dublin Core]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.2|Inserir / Editar descrições de entidades ISAAR(CPF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.3|Inserir / Editar Instituições arquivísticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.4|Entrada de Dados: área de controle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.5|Editar termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.6|Sair do modo de edição]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-4|'''Acesso aos conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.1|Pesquisa: básica]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.2|Pesquisa: avançada]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.3|Pesquisa: nome dos campos para pesquisa avançada]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.4|Navegador]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.5|Navegação: geral]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.6|Navegação: caixa do menu de conteúdos]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 500px; border: 1px solid rgb(198, 201, 255); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(240, 240, 255);&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-5|'''Traduzir conteúdos / interface''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.1|Design principles]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.2|Tradução das descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.3|Tradução dos termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.4|Tradução das páginas estáticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.5|Tradução da interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.6|Remover / restaurar o idioma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-6|'''Importar / exportar conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.1|Upload digital objects]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.2|Importar descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.3|Exportar descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-7|'''Administrar o ICA-AtoM''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.1|Instalar o ICA-Atom]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.2|Criar e gerir contas de usuários]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.3|Personalizar as páginas estáticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.4|Personalizar as definições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.5|Back up ICA-AtoM]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.6|Configurar o idioma padrão]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.7|Reconstruir o índice de pesquisa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glossário|'''Glossário''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Glossário | Glossário de termos usados na documentação]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual do usuário para impressão|'''Manual do usuário para impressão''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Printable user manuals|Printable versions of the user manual for easy reference]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Questions? Please post them to the [http://groups.google.ca/group/ica-atom-users ICA-AtoM discussion group].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=User_manual/pt&amp;diff=6622</id>
		<title>User manual/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=User_manual/pt&amp;diff=6622"/>
		<updated>2009-03-28T21:09:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;width:95%; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width:500px; border: 1px solid rgb(255, 201, 201); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(255, 243, 243);&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-1|'''System overview''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.1|O que é o ICA-AtoM?]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.2|Requisitos técnicos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.3|Tipos de entidades]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.4|Normas de descrição aplicadas]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-2|'''Iniciar''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.1|Acesso à página web]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.2|Log in]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.3|Papéis dos usuários]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.4|Tipos de ecrãs]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.5|Alterar o idioma de utilização]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-3|'''Inserir / Editar conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*Inserir / Editar descrições documentais: [[UM-3.1|ISAD(G)]] / [[UM-3.1-RAD|RAD]] / [[UM-3.1-Dublin Core|Dublin Core]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.2|Inserir / Editar descrições de entidades ISAAR(CPF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.3|Inserir / Editar Instituições arquivísticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.4|Entrada de Dados: área de controle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.5|Editar termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.6|Sair do modo de edição]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-4|'''Acesso aos conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.1|Pesquisa: básica]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.2|Pesquisa: avançada]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.3|Pesquisa: nome dos campos para pesquisa avançada]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.4|Navegador]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.5|Navegação: geral]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.6|Navegação: caixa do menu de conteúdos]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 500px; border: 1px solid rgb(198, 201, 255); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(240, 240, 255);&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-5|'''Traduzir conteúdos / interface''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.1|Design principles]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.2|Tradução das descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.3|Tradução dos termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.4|Tradução das páginas estáticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.5|Tradução da interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.6|Remover / restaurar o idioma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-6|'''Importar / exportar conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.1|Upload digital objects]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.2|Importar descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.3|Exportar descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-7|'''Administrar o ICA-AtoM''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.1|Instalar o ICA-Atom]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.2|Criar e gerir contas de usuários]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.3|Personalizar as páginas estáticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.4|Personalizar as definições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.5|Back up ICA-AtoM]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.6|Configurar o idioma padrão]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.7|Reconstruir o índice de pesquisa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glossary|'''Glosário''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Glossary | Glossary of terms used throughout documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Printable user manuals|'''Printable user manuals''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Printable user manuals|Printable versions of the user manual for easy reference]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Questions? Please post them to the [http://groups.google.ca/group/ica-atom-users ICA-AtoM discussion group].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=User_manual/pt&amp;diff=6621</id>
		<title>User manual/pt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ica-atom.org/index.php?title=User_manual/pt&amp;diff=6621"/>
		<updated>2009-03-28T20:44:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gantois: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;width:95%; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width:500px; border: 1px solid rgb(255, 201, 201); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(255, 243, 243);&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-1|'''System overview''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.1|O que é o ICA-AtoM?]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.2|Requisitos técnicos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.3|Tipos de entidades]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-1.4|Normas de descrição aplicadas]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-2|'''Iniciar''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.1|Acesso à página web]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.2|Log in]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.3|Papéis dos usuários]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.4|Tipos de ecrãs]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-2.5|Alterar o idioma de utilização]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-3|'''Inserir / Editar conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*Inserir / Editar descrições documentais: [[UM-3.1|ISAD(G)]] / [[UM-3.1-RAD|RAD]] / [[UM-3.1-Dublin Core|Dublin Core]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.2|Inserir / Editar descrições de entidades ISAAR(CPF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.3|Inserir / Editar Instituições arquivísticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.4|Entrada de Dados: área de controle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.5|Editar termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-3.6|Sair do modo de edição]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-4|'''Acesso aos conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.1|Pesquisa: básica]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.2|Pesquisa: avançada]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.3|Pesquisa: nome dos campos para pesquisa avançada]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.4|Navegador]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.5|Navegação: geral]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-4.6|Navegação: caixa do menu de conteúdos]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 500px; border: 1px solid rgb(198, 201, 255); padding: 0.5em 1em 1em; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); background-color: rgb(240, 240, 255);&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-5|'''Traduzir conteúdos / interface''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.1|Design principles]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.2|Tradução das descrições]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.3|Tradução dos termos]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.4|Tradução das páginas estáticas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.5|Tradução da interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-5.6|Remover / restaurar o idioma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-6|'''Importar / exportar conteúdos''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.1|Upload digital objects]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.2|Import descriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-6.3|Export descriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UM-7|'''Administer ICA-AtoM''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.1|Install ICA-Atom]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.2|Set up and manage user accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.3|Customize static pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.4|Customize settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.5|Back up ICA-AtoM]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.6|Configure the default language]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UM-7.7|Rebuild the search index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glossary|'''Glossary''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Glossary | Glossary of terms used throughout documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Printable user manuals|'''Printable user manuals''']]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Printable user manuals|Printable versions of the user manual for easy reference]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Questions? Please post them to the [http://groups.google.ca/group/ica-atom-users ICA-AtoM discussion group].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gantois</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>